1 | //===---------------- SemaCodeComplete.cpp - Code Completion ----*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the code-completion semantic actions. |
10 | // |
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
12 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h" |
13 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" |
14 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" |
15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" |
16 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
17 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
18 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/QualTypeNames.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/AttributeCommonInfo.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
33 | #include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h" |
34 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
35 | #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h" |
36 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" |
37 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" |
38 | #include "clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h" |
39 | #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" |
40 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
41 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" |
42 | #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" |
43 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" |
49 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" |
50 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h" |
51 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
52 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
53 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
54 | #include "llvm/Support/Path.h" |
55 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" |
56 | |
57 | #include <list> |
58 | #include <map> |
59 | #include <optional> |
60 | #include <string> |
61 | #include <vector> |
62 | |
63 | using namespace clang; |
64 | using namespace sema; |
65 | |
66 | namespace { |
67 | /// A container of code-completion results. |
68 | class ResultBuilder { |
69 | public: |
70 | /// The type of a name-lookup filter, which can be provided to the |
71 | /// name-lookup routines to specify which declarations should be included in |
72 | /// the result set (when it returns true) and which declarations should be |
73 | /// filtered out (returns false). |
74 | typedef bool (ResultBuilder::*LookupFilter)(const NamedDecl *) const; |
75 | |
76 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
77 | |
78 | private: |
79 | /// The actual results we have found. |
80 | std::vector<Result> Results; |
81 | |
82 | /// A record of all of the declarations we have found and placed |
83 | /// into the result set, used to ensure that no declaration ever gets into |
84 | /// the result set twice. |
85 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 16> AllDeclsFound; |
86 | |
87 | typedef std::pair<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> DeclIndexPair; |
88 | |
89 | /// An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store |
90 | /// a single (declaration, index) mapping (the common case) but |
91 | /// can also store a list of (declaration, index) mappings. |
92 | class ShadowMapEntry { |
93 | typedef SmallVector<DeclIndexPair, 4> DeclIndexPairVector; |
94 | |
95 | /// Contains either the solitary NamedDecl * or a vector |
96 | /// of (declaration, index) pairs. |
97 | llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, DeclIndexPairVector *> DeclOrVector; |
98 | |
99 | /// When the entry contains a single declaration, this is |
100 | /// the index associated with that entry. |
101 | unsigned SingleDeclIndex = 0; |
102 | |
103 | public: |
104 | ShadowMapEntry() = default; |
105 | ShadowMapEntry(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete; |
106 | ShadowMapEntry(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { *this = std::move(Move); } |
107 | ShadowMapEntry &operator=(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete; |
108 | ShadowMapEntry &operator=(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { |
109 | SingleDeclIndex = Move.SingleDeclIndex; |
110 | DeclOrVector = Move.DeclOrVector; |
111 | Move.DeclOrVector = nullptr; |
112 | return *this; |
113 | } |
114 | |
115 | void Add(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Index) { |
116 | if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) { |
117 | // 0 - > 1 elements: just set the single element information. |
118 | DeclOrVector = ND; |
119 | SingleDeclIndex = Index; |
120 | return; |
121 | } |
122 | |
123 | if (const NamedDecl *PrevND = |
124 | DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) { |
125 | // 1 -> 2 elements: create the vector of results and push in the |
126 | // existing declaration. |
127 | DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = new DeclIndexPairVector; |
128 | Vec->push_back(Elt: DeclIndexPair(PrevND, SingleDeclIndex)); |
129 | DeclOrVector = Vec; |
130 | } |
131 | |
132 | // Add the new element to the end of the vector. |
133 | DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->push_back( |
134 | Elt: DeclIndexPair(ND, Index)); |
135 | } |
136 | |
137 | ~ShadowMapEntry() { |
138 | if (DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = |
139 | DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<DeclIndexPairVector *>()) { |
140 | delete Vec; |
141 | DeclOrVector = ((NamedDecl *)nullptr); |
142 | } |
143 | } |
144 | |
145 | // Iteration. |
146 | class iterator; |
147 | iterator begin() const; |
148 | iterator end() const; |
149 | }; |
150 | |
151 | /// A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have |
152 | /// this name within a particular scope and their index within the list of |
153 | /// results. |
154 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap; |
155 | |
156 | /// The semantic analysis object for which results are being |
157 | /// produced. |
158 | Sema &SemaRef; |
159 | |
160 | /// The allocator used to allocate new code-completion strings. |
161 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator; |
162 | |
163 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo; |
164 | |
165 | /// If non-NULL, a filter function used to remove any code-completion |
166 | /// results that are not desirable. |
167 | LookupFilter Filter; |
168 | |
169 | /// Whether we should allow declarations as |
170 | /// nested-name-specifiers that would otherwise be filtered out. |
171 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers; |
172 | |
173 | /// If set, the type that we would prefer our resulting value |
174 | /// declarations to have. |
175 | /// |
176 | /// Closely matching the preferred type gives a boost to a result's |
177 | /// priority. |
178 | CanQualType PreferredType; |
179 | |
180 | /// A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding at |
181 | /// different levels of, e.g., the inheritance hierarchy. |
182 | std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps; |
183 | |
184 | /// Overloaded C++ member functions found by SemaLookup. |
185 | /// Used to determine when one overload is dominated by another. |
186 | llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<DeclContext *, /*Name*/uintptr_t>, ShadowMapEntry> |
187 | OverloadMap; |
188 | |
189 | /// If we're potentially referring to a C++ member function, the set |
190 | /// of qualifiers applied to the object type. |
191 | Qualifiers ObjectTypeQualifiers; |
192 | /// The kind of the object expression, for rvalue/lvalue overloads. |
193 | ExprValueKind ObjectKind; |
194 | |
195 | /// Whether the \p ObjectTypeQualifiers field is active. |
196 | bool HasObjectTypeQualifiers; |
197 | |
198 | /// The selector that we prefer. |
199 | Selector PreferredSelector; |
200 | |
201 | /// The completion context in which we are gathering results. |
202 | CodeCompletionContext CompletionContext; |
203 | |
204 | /// If we are in an instance method definition, the \@implementation |
205 | /// object. |
206 | ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation; |
207 | |
208 | void AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R); |
209 | |
210 | void MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R); |
211 | |
212 | public: |
213 | explicit ResultBuilder(Sema &SemaRef, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
214 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
215 | const CodeCompletionContext &CompletionContext, |
216 | LookupFilter Filter = nullptr) |
217 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Allocator(Allocator), CCTUInfo(CCTUInfo), |
218 | Filter(Filter), AllowNestedNameSpecifiers(false), |
219 | HasObjectTypeQualifiers(false), CompletionContext(CompletionContext), |
220 | ObjCImplementation(nullptr) { |
221 | // If this is an Objective-C instance method definition, dig out the |
222 | // corresponding implementation. |
223 | switch (CompletionContext.getKind()) { |
224 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression: |
225 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver: |
226 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
227 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement: |
228 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevelOrExpression: |
229 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery: |
230 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) |
231 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) |
232 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = Method->getClassInterface()) |
233 | ObjCImplementation = Interface->getImplementation(); |
234 | break; |
235 | |
236 | default: |
237 | break; |
238 | } |
239 | } |
240 | |
241 | /// Determine the priority for a reference to the given declaration. |
242 | unsigned getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *D); |
243 | |
244 | /// Whether we should include code patterns in the completion |
245 | /// results. |
246 | bool includeCodePatterns() const { |
247 | return SemaRef.CodeCompleter && |
248 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeCodePatterns(); |
249 | } |
250 | |
251 | /// Set the filter used for code-completion results. |
252 | void setFilter(LookupFilter Filter) { this->Filter = Filter; } |
253 | |
254 | Result *data() { return Results.empty() ? nullptr : &Results.front(); } |
255 | unsigned size() const { return Results.size(); } |
256 | bool empty() const { return Results.empty(); } |
257 | |
258 | /// Specify the preferred type. |
259 | void setPreferredType(QualType T) { |
260 | PreferredType = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T); |
261 | } |
262 | |
263 | /// Set the cv-qualifiers on the object type, for us in filtering |
264 | /// calls to member functions. |
265 | /// |
266 | /// When there are qualifiers in this set, they will be used to filter |
267 | /// out member functions that aren't available (because there will be a |
268 | /// cv-qualifier mismatch) or prefer functions with an exact qualifier |
269 | /// match. |
270 | void setObjectTypeQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals, ExprValueKind Kind) { |
271 | ObjectTypeQualifiers = Quals; |
272 | ObjectKind = Kind; |
273 | HasObjectTypeQualifiers = true; |
274 | } |
275 | |
276 | /// Set the preferred selector. |
277 | /// |
278 | /// When an Objective-C method declaration result is added, and that |
279 | /// method's selector matches this preferred selector, we give that method |
280 | /// a slight priority boost. |
281 | void setPreferredSelector(Selector Sel) { PreferredSelector = Sel; } |
282 | |
283 | /// Retrieve the code-completion context for which results are |
284 | /// being collected. |
285 | const CodeCompletionContext &getCompletionContext() const { |
286 | return CompletionContext; |
287 | } |
288 | |
289 | /// Specify whether nested-name-specifiers are allowed. |
290 | void allowNestedNameSpecifiers(bool Allow = true) { |
291 | AllowNestedNameSpecifiers = Allow; |
292 | } |
293 | |
294 | /// Return the semantic analysis object for which we are collecting |
295 | /// code completion results. |
296 | Sema &getSema() const { return SemaRef; } |
297 | |
298 | /// Retrieve the allocator used to allocate code completion strings. |
299 | CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; } |
300 | |
301 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() const { return CCTUInfo; } |
302 | |
303 | /// Determine whether the given declaration is at all interesting |
304 | /// as a code-completion result. |
305 | /// |
306 | /// \param ND the declaration that we are inspecting. |
307 | /// |
308 | /// \param AsNestedNameSpecifier will be set true if this declaration is |
309 | /// only interesting when it is a nested-name-specifier. |
310 | bool isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND, |
311 | bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const; |
312 | |
313 | /// Decide whether or not a use of function Decl can be a call. |
314 | /// |
315 | /// \param ND the function declaration. |
316 | /// |
317 | /// \param BaseExprType the object type in a member access expression, |
318 | /// if any. |
319 | bool canFunctionBeCalled(const NamedDecl *ND, QualType BaseExprType) const; |
320 | |
321 | /// Decide whether or not a use of member function Decl can be a call. |
322 | /// |
323 | /// \param Method the function declaration. |
324 | /// |
325 | /// \param BaseExprType the object type in a member access expression, |
326 | /// if any. |
327 | bool canCxxMethodBeCalled(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
328 | QualType BaseExprType) const; |
329 | |
330 | /// Check whether the result is hidden by the Hiding declaration. |
331 | /// |
332 | /// \returns true if the result is hidden and cannot be found, false if |
333 | /// the hidden result could still be found. When false, \p R may be |
334 | /// modified to describe how the result can be found (e.g., via extra |
335 | /// qualification). |
336 | bool CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext, |
337 | const NamedDecl *Hiding); |
338 | |
339 | /// Add a new result to this result set (if it isn't already in one |
340 | /// of the shadow maps), or replace an existing result (for, e.g., a |
341 | /// redeclaration). |
342 | /// |
343 | /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique). |
344 | /// |
345 | /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named. |
346 | void MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext = nullptr); |
347 | |
348 | /// Add a new result to this result set, where we already know |
349 | /// the hiding declaration (if any). |
350 | /// |
351 | /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique). |
352 | /// |
353 | /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named. |
354 | /// |
355 | /// \param Hiding the declaration that hides the result. |
356 | /// |
357 | /// \param InBaseClass whether the result was found in a base |
358 | /// class of the searched context. |
359 | /// |
360 | /// \param BaseExprType the type of expression that precedes the "." or "->" |
361 | /// in a member access expression. |
362 | void AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, NamedDecl *Hiding, |
363 | bool InBaseClass, QualType BaseExprType); |
364 | |
365 | /// Add a new non-declaration result to this result set. |
366 | void AddResult(Result R); |
367 | |
368 | /// Enter into a new scope. |
369 | void EnterNewScope(); |
370 | |
371 | /// Exit from the current scope. |
372 | void ExitScope(); |
373 | |
374 | /// Ignore this declaration, if it is seen again. |
375 | void Ignore(const Decl *D) { AllDeclsFound.insert(Ptr: D->getCanonicalDecl()); } |
376 | |
377 | /// Add a visited context. |
378 | void addVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) { |
379 | CompletionContext.addVisitedContext(Ctx); |
380 | } |
381 | |
382 | /// \name Name lookup predicates |
383 | /// |
384 | /// These predicates can be passed to the name lookup functions to filter the |
385 | /// results of name lookup. All of the predicates have the same type, so that |
386 | /// |
387 | //@{ |
388 | bool IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
389 | bool IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
390 | bool IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
391 | bool IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
392 | bool IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
393 | bool IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
394 | bool IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
395 | bool IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
396 | bool IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
397 | bool IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
398 | bool IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
399 | bool IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
400 | bool IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
401 | bool IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
402 | bool IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
403 | bool IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
404 | bool IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
405 | //@} |
406 | }; |
407 | } // namespace |
408 | |
409 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) { |
410 | if (!Enabled) |
411 | return; |
412 | if (isa<BlockDecl>(Val: S.CurContext)) { |
413 | if (sema::BlockScopeInfo *BSI = S.getCurBlock()) { |
414 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
415 | Type = BSI->ReturnType; |
416 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
417 | } |
418 | } else if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: S.CurContext)) { |
419 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
420 | Type = Function->getReturnType(); |
421 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
422 | } else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: S.CurContext)) { |
423 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
424 | Type = Method->getReturnType(); |
425 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
426 | } |
427 | } |
428 | |
429 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D) { |
430 | if (!Enabled) |
431 | return; |
432 | auto *VD = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(Val: D); |
433 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
434 | Type = VD ? VD->getType() : QualType(); |
435 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
436 | } |
437 | |
438 | static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig); |
439 | |
440 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterDesignatedInitializer(SourceLocation Tok, |
441 | QualType BaseType, |
442 | const Designation &D) { |
443 | if (!Enabled) |
444 | return; |
445 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
446 | Type = getDesignatedType(BaseType, D); |
447 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
448 | } |
449 | |
450 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterFunctionArgument( |
451 | SourceLocation Tok, llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType) { |
452 | if (!Enabled) |
453 | return; |
454 | this->ComputeType = ComputeType; |
455 | Type = QualType(); |
456 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
457 | } |
458 | |
459 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, |
460 | SourceLocation LParLoc) { |
461 | if (!Enabled) |
462 | return; |
463 | // expected type for parenthesized expression does not change. |
464 | if (ExpectedLoc == LParLoc) |
465 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
466 | } |
467 | |
468 | static QualType getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, |
469 | tok::TokenKind Op) { |
470 | if (!LHS) |
471 | return QualType(); |
472 | |
473 | QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); |
474 | if (LHSType->isPointerType()) { |
475 | if (Op == tok::plus || Op == tok::plusequal || Op == tok::minusequal) |
476 | return S.getASTContext().getPointerDiffType(); |
477 | // Pointer difference is more common than subtracting an int from a pointer. |
478 | if (Op == tok::minus) |
479 | return LHSType; |
480 | } |
481 | |
482 | switch (Op) { |
483 | // No way to infer the type of RHS from LHS. |
484 | case tok::comma: |
485 | return QualType(); |
486 | // Prefer the type of the left operand for all of these. |
487 | // Arithmetic operations. |
488 | case tok::plus: |
489 | case tok::plusequal: |
490 | case tok::minus: |
491 | case tok::minusequal: |
492 | case tok::percent: |
493 | case tok::percentequal: |
494 | case tok::slash: |
495 | case tok::slashequal: |
496 | case tok::star: |
497 | case tok::starequal: |
498 | // Assignment. |
499 | case tok::equal: |
500 | // Comparison operators. |
501 | case tok::equalequal: |
502 | case tok::exclaimequal: |
503 | case tok::less: |
504 | case tok::lessequal: |
505 | case tok::greater: |
506 | case tok::greaterequal: |
507 | case tok::spaceship: |
508 | return LHS->getType(); |
509 | // Binary shifts are often overloaded, so don't try to guess those. |
510 | case tok::greatergreater: |
511 | case tok::greatergreaterequal: |
512 | case tok::lessless: |
513 | case tok::lesslessequal: |
514 | if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
515 | return S.getASTContext().IntTy; |
516 | return QualType(); |
517 | // Logical operators, assume we want bool. |
518 | case tok::ampamp: |
519 | case tok::pipepipe: |
520 | case tok::caretcaret: |
521 | return S.getASTContext().BoolTy; |
522 | // Operators often used for bit manipulation are typically used with the type |
523 | // of the left argument. |
524 | case tok::pipe: |
525 | case tok::pipeequal: |
526 | case tok::caret: |
527 | case tok::caretequal: |
528 | case tok::amp: |
529 | case tok::ampequal: |
530 | if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
531 | return LHSType; |
532 | return QualType(); |
533 | // RHS should be a pointer to a member of the 'LHS' type, but we can't give |
534 | // any particular type here. |
535 | case tok::periodstar: |
536 | case tok::arrowstar: |
537 | return QualType(); |
538 | default: |
539 | // FIXME(ibiryukov): handle the missing op, re-add the assertion. |
540 | // assert(false && "unhandled binary op"); |
541 | return QualType(); |
542 | } |
543 | } |
544 | |
545 | /// Get preferred type for an argument of an unary expression. \p ContextType is |
546 | /// preferred type of the whole unary expression. |
547 | static QualType getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(Sema &S, QualType ContextType, |
548 | tok::TokenKind Op) { |
549 | switch (Op) { |
550 | case tok::exclaim: |
551 | return S.getASTContext().BoolTy; |
552 | case tok::amp: |
553 | if (!ContextType.isNull() && ContextType->isPointerType()) |
554 | return ContextType->getPointeeType(); |
555 | return QualType(); |
556 | case tok::star: |
557 | if (ContextType.isNull()) |
558 | return QualType(); |
559 | return S.getASTContext().getPointerType(T: ContextType.getNonReferenceType()); |
560 | case tok::plus: |
561 | case tok::minus: |
562 | case tok::tilde: |
563 | case tok::minusminus: |
564 | case tok::plusplus: |
565 | if (ContextType.isNull()) |
566 | return S.getASTContext().IntTy; |
567 | // leave as is, these operators typically return the same type. |
568 | return ContextType; |
569 | case tok::kw___real: |
570 | case tok::kw___imag: |
571 | return QualType(); |
572 | default: |
573 | assert(false && "unhandled unary op" ); |
574 | return QualType(); |
575 | } |
576 | } |
577 | |
578 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, |
579 | tok::TokenKind Op) { |
580 | if (!Enabled) |
581 | return; |
582 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
583 | Type = getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(S, LHS, Op); |
584 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
585 | } |
586 | |
587 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, |
588 | Expr *Base) { |
589 | if (!Enabled || !Base) |
590 | return; |
591 | // Do we have expected type for Base? |
592 | if (ExpectedLoc != Base->getBeginLoc()) |
593 | return; |
594 | // Keep the expected type, only update the location. |
595 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
596 | } |
597 | |
598 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, |
599 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
600 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
601 | if (!Enabled) |
602 | return; |
603 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
604 | Type = getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(S, this->get(OpLoc), OpKind); |
605 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
606 | } |
607 | |
608 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, |
609 | Expr *LHS) { |
610 | if (!Enabled) |
611 | return; |
612 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
613 | Type = S.getASTContext().IntTy; |
614 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
615 | } |
616 | |
617 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, |
618 | QualType CastType) { |
619 | if (!Enabled) |
620 | return; |
621 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
622 | Type = !CastType.isNull() ? CastType.getCanonicalType() : QualType(); |
623 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
624 | } |
625 | |
626 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) { |
627 | if (!Enabled) |
628 | return; |
629 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
630 | Type = S.getASTContext().BoolTy; |
631 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
632 | } |
633 | |
634 | class ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator { |
635 | llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, const DeclIndexPair *> DeclOrIterator; |
636 | unsigned SingleDeclIndex; |
637 | |
638 | public: |
639 | typedef DeclIndexPair value_type; |
640 | typedef value_type reference; |
641 | typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type; |
642 | typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category; |
643 | |
644 | class pointer { |
645 | DeclIndexPair Value; |
646 | |
647 | public: |
648 | pointer(const DeclIndexPair &Value) : Value(Value) {} |
649 | |
650 | const DeclIndexPair *operator->() const { return &Value; } |
651 | }; |
652 | |
653 | iterator() : DeclOrIterator((NamedDecl *)nullptr), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} |
654 | |
655 | iterator(const NamedDecl *SingleDecl, unsigned Index) |
656 | : DeclOrIterator(SingleDecl), SingleDeclIndex(Index) {} |
657 | |
658 | iterator(const DeclIndexPair *Iterator) |
659 | : DeclOrIterator(Iterator), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} |
660 | |
661 | iterator &operator++() { |
662 | if (DeclOrIterator.is<const NamedDecl *>()) { |
663 | DeclOrIterator = (NamedDecl *)nullptr; |
664 | SingleDeclIndex = 0; |
665 | return *this; |
666 | } |
667 | |
668 | const DeclIndexPair *I = DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>(); |
669 | ++I; |
670 | DeclOrIterator = I; |
671 | return *this; |
672 | } |
673 | |
674 | /*iterator operator++(int) { |
675 | iterator tmp(*this); |
676 | ++(*this); |
677 | return tmp; |
678 | }*/ |
679 | |
680 | reference operator*() const { |
681 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrIterator.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) |
682 | return reference(ND, SingleDeclIndex); |
683 | |
684 | return *DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>(); |
685 | } |
686 | |
687 | pointer operator->() const { return pointer(**this); } |
688 | |
689 | friend bool operator==(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) { |
690 | return X.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() == |
691 | Y.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() && |
692 | X.SingleDeclIndex == Y.SingleDeclIndex; |
693 | } |
694 | |
695 | friend bool operator!=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) { |
696 | return !(X == Y); |
697 | } |
698 | }; |
699 | |
700 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator |
701 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::begin() const { |
702 | if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) |
703 | return iterator(); |
704 | |
705 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) |
706 | return iterator(ND, SingleDeclIndex); |
707 | |
708 | return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->begin()); |
709 | } |
710 | |
711 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator |
712 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::end() const { |
713 | if (DeclOrVector.is<const NamedDecl *>() || DeclOrVector.isNull()) |
714 | return iterator(); |
715 | |
716 | return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->end()); |
717 | } |
718 | |
719 | /// Compute the qualification required to get from the current context |
720 | /// (\p CurContext) to the target context (\p TargetContext). |
721 | /// |
722 | /// \param Context the AST context in which the qualification will be used. |
723 | /// |
724 | /// \param CurContext the context where an entity is being named, which is |
725 | /// typically based on the current scope. |
726 | /// |
727 | /// \param TargetContext the context in which the named entity actually |
728 | /// resides. |
729 | /// |
730 | /// \returns a nested name specifier that refers into the target context, or |
731 | /// NULL if no qualification is needed. |
732 | static NestedNameSpecifier * |
733 | getRequiredQualification(ASTContext &Context, const DeclContext *CurContext, |
734 | const DeclContext *TargetContext) { |
735 | SmallVector<const DeclContext *, 4> TargetParents; |
736 | |
737 | for (const DeclContext *CommonAncestor = TargetContext; |
738 | CommonAncestor && !CommonAncestor->Encloses(DC: CurContext); |
739 | CommonAncestor = CommonAncestor->getLookupParent()) { |
740 | if (CommonAncestor->isTransparentContext() || |
741 | CommonAncestor->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
742 | continue; |
743 | |
744 | TargetParents.push_back(Elt: CommonAncestor); |
745 | } |
746 | |
747 | NestedNameSpecifier *Result = nullptr; |
748 | while (!TargetParents.empty()) { |
749 | const DeclContext *Parent = TargetParents.pop_back_val(); |
750 | |
751 | if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Val: Parent)) { |
752 | if (!Namespace->getIdentifier()) |
753 | continue; |
754 | |
755 | Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, Prefix: Result, NS: Namespace); |
756 | } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Val: Parent)) |
757 | Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( |
758 | Context, Prefix: Result, Template: false, T: Context.getTypeDeclType(TD).getTypePtr()); |
759 | } |
760 | return Result; |
761 | } |
762 | |
763 | // Some declarations have reserved names that we don't want to ever show. |
764 | // Filter out names reserved for the implementation if they come from a |
765 | // system header. |
766 | static bool shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(const NamedDecl *ND, Sema &SemaRef) { |
767 | ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = ND->isReserved(LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
768 | // Ignore reserved names for compiler provided decls. |
769 | if (isReservedInAllContexts(Status) && ND->getLocation().isInvalid()) |
770 | return true; |
771 | |
772 | // For system headers ignore only double-underscore names. |
773 | // This allows for system headers providing private symbols with a single |
774 | // underscore. |
775 | if (Status == ReservedIdentifierStatus::StartsWithDoubleUnderscore && |
776 | SemaRef.SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader( |
777 | Loc: SemaRef.SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(Loc: ND->getLocation()))) |
778 | return true; |
779 | |
780 | return false; |
781 | } |
782 | |
783 | bool ResultBuilder::isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND, |
784 | bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const { |
785 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; |
786 | |
787 | auto *Named = ND; |
788 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
789 | |
790 | // Skip unnamed entities. |
791 | if (!ND->getDeclName()) |
792 | return false; |
793 | |
794 | // Friend declarations and declarations introduced due to friends are never |
795 | // added as results. |
796 | if (ND->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Undeclared) |
797 | return false; |
798 | |
799 | // Class template (partial) specializations are never added as results. |
800 | if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Val: ND) || |
801 | isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Val: ND)) |
802 | return false; |
803 | |
804 | // Using declarations themselves are never added as results. |
805 | if (isa<UsingDecl>(Val: ND)) |
806 | return false; |
807 | |
808 | if (shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(ND, SemaRef)) |
809 | return false; |
810 | |
811 | if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier || |
812 | (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Val: ND) && Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace && |
813 | Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias && Filter != nullptr)) |
814 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
815 | |
816 | // Filter out any unwanted results. |
817 | if (Filter && !(this->*Filter)(Named)) { |
818 | // Check whether it is interesting as a nested-name-specifier. |
819 | if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
820 | IsNestedNameSpecifier(ND) && |
821 | (Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsMember || |
822 | (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: ND) && |
823 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: ND)->isInjectedClassName()))) { |
824 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
825 | return true; |
826 | } |
827 | |
828 | return false; |
829 | } |
830 | // ... then it must be interesting! |
831 | return true; |
832 | } |
833 | |
834 | bool ResultBuilder::CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext, |
835 | const NamedDecl *Hiding) { |
836 | // In C, there is no way to refer to a hidden name. |
837 | // FIXME: This isn't true; we can find a tag name hidden by an ordinary |
838 | // name if we introduce the tag type. |
839 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
840 | return true; |
841 | |
842 | const DeclContext *HiddenCtx = |
843 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
844 | |
845 | // There is no way to qualify a name declared in a function or method. |
846 | if (HiddenCtx->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
847 | return true; |
848 | |
849 | if (HiddenCtx == Hiding->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) |
850 | return true; |
851 | |
852 | // We can refer to the result with the appropriate qualification. Do it. |
853 | R.Hidden = true; |
854 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; |
855 | |
856 | if (!R.Qualifier) |
857 | R.Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(SemaRef.Context, CurContext, |
858 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()); |
859 | return false; |
860 | } |
861 | |
862 | /// A simplified classification of types used to determine whether two |
863 | /// types are "similar enough" when adjusting priorities. |
864 | SimplifiedTypeClass clang::getSimplifiedTypeClass(CanQualType T) { |
865 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { |
866 | case Type::Builtin: |
867 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(Val&: T)->getKind()) { |
868 | case BuiltinType::Void: |
869 | return STC_Void; |
870 | |
871 | case BuiltinType::NullPtr: |
872 | return STC_Pointer; |
873 | |
874 | case BuiltinType::Overload: |
875 | case BuiltinType::Dependent: |
876 | return STC_Other; |
877 | |
878 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: |
879 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: |
880 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: |
881 | return STC_ObjectiveC; |
882 | |
883 | default: |
884 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
885 | } |
886 | |
887 | case Type::Complex: |
888 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
889 | |
890 | case Type::Pointer: |
891 | return STC_Pointer; |
892 | |
893 | case Type::BlockPointer: |
894 | return STC_Block; |
895 | |
896 | case Type::LValueReference: |
897 | case Type::RValueReference: |
898 | return getSimplifiedTypeClass(T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType()); |
899 | |
900 | case Type::ConstantArray: |
901 | case Type::IncompleteArray: |
902 | case Type::VariableArray: |
903 | case Type::DependentSizedArray: |
904 | return STC_Array; |
905 | |
906 | case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: |
907 | case Type::Vector: |
908 | case Type::ExtVector: |
909 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
910 | |
911 | case Type::FunctionProto: |
912 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: |
913 | return STC_Function; |
914 | |
915 | case Type::Record: |
916 | return STC_Record; |
917 | |
918 | case Type::Enum: |
919 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
920 | |
921 | case Type::ObjCObject: |
922 | case Type::ObjCInterface: |
923 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: |
924 | return STC_ObjectiveC; |
925 | |
926 | default: |
927 | return STC_Other; |
928 | } |
929 | } |
930 | |
931 | /// Get the type that a given expression will have if this declaration |
932 | /// is used as an expression in its "typical" code-completion form. |
933 | QualType clang::getDeclUsageType(ASTContext &C, const NamedDecl *ND) { |
934 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
935 | |
936 | if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Val: ND)) |
937 | return C.getTypeDeclType(Decl: Type); |
938 | if (const auto *Iface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: ND)) |
939 | return C.getObjCInterfaceType(Decl: Iface); |
940 | |
941 | QualType T; |
942 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction()) |
943 | T = Function->getCallResultType(); |
944 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: ND)) |
945 | T = Method->getSendResultType(); |
946 | else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Val: ND)) |
947 | T = C.getTypeDeclType(Decl: cast<EnumDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext())); |
948 | else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(Val: ND)) |
949 | T = Property->getType(); |
950 | else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(Val: ND)) |
951 | T = Value->getType(); |
952 | |
953 | if (T.isNull()) |
954 | return QualType(); |
955 | |
956 | // Dig through references, function pointers, and block pointers to |
957 | // get down to the likely type of an expression when the entity is |
958 | // used. |
959 | do { |
960 | if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
961 | T = Ref->getPointeeType(); |
962 | continue; |
963 | } |
964 | |
965 | if (const auto *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
966 | if (Pointer->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) { |
967 | T = Pointer->getPointeeType(); |
968 | continue; |
969 | } |
970 | |
971 | break; |
972 | } |
973 | |
974 | if (const auto *Block = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
975 | T = Block->getPointeeType(); |
976 | continue; |
977 | } |
978 | |
979 | if (const auto *Function = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { |
980 | T = Function->getReturnType(); |
981 | continue; |
982 | } |
983 | |
984 | break; |
985 | } while (true); |
986 | |
987 | return T; |
988 | } |
989 | |
990 | unsigned ResultBuilder::getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *ND) { |
991 | if (!ND) |
992 | return CCP_Unlikely; |
993 | |
994 | // Context-based decisions. |
995 | const DeclContext *LexicalDC = ND->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
996 | if (LexicalDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) { |
997 | // _cmd is relatively rare |
998 | if (const auto *ImplicitParam = dyn_cast<ImplicitParamDecl>(Val: ND)) |
999 | if (ImplicitParam->getIdentifier() && |
1000 | ImplicitParam->getIdentifier()->isStr("_cmd" )) |
1001 | return CCP_ObjC_cmd; |
1002 | |
1003 | return CCP_LocalDeclaration; |
1004 | } |
1005 | |
1006 | const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
1007 | if (DC->isRecord() || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(Val: DC)) { |
1008 | // Explicit destructor calls are very rare. |
1009 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Val: ND)) |
1010 | return CCP_Unlikely; |
1011 | // Explicit operator and conversion function calls are also very rare. |
1012 | auto DeclNameKind = ND->getDeclName().getNameKind(); |
1013 | if (DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || |
1014 | DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || |
1015 | DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) |
1016 | return CCP_Unlikely; |
1017 | return CCP_MemberDeclaration; |
1018 | } |
1019 | |
1020 | // Content-based decisions. |
1021 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(Val: ND)) |
1022 | return CCP_Constant; |
1023 | |
1024 | // Use CCP_Type for type declarations unless we're in a statement, Objective-C |
1025 | // message receiver, or parenthesized expression context. There, it's as |
1026 | // likely that the user will want to write a type as other declarations. |
1027 | if ((isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && |
1028 | !(CompletionContext.getKind() == CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement || |
1029 | CompletionContext.getKind() == |
1030 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver || |
1031 | CompletionContext.getKind() == |
1032 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression)) |
1033 | return CCP_Type; |
1034 | |
1035 | return CCP_Declaration; |
1036 | } |
1037 | |
1038 | void ResultBuilder::AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R) { |
1039 | // If this is an Objective-C method declaration whose selector matches our |
1040 | // preferred selector, give it a priority boost. |
1041 | if (!PreferredSelector.isNull()) |
1042 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: R.Declaration)) |
1043 | if (PreferredSelector == Method->getSelector()) |
1044 | R.Priority += CCD_SelectorMatch; |
1045 | |
1046 | // If we have a preferred type, adjust the priority for results with exactly- |
1047 | // matching or nearly-matching types. |
1048 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) { |
1049 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(C&: SemaRef.Context, ND: R.Declaration); |
1050 | if (!T.isNull()) { |
1051 | CanQualType TC = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T); |
1052 | // Check for exactly-matching types (modulo qualifiers). |
1053 | if (SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, TC)) |
1054 | R.Priority /= CCF_ExactTypeMatch; |
1055 | // Check for nearly-matching types, based on classification of each. |
1056 | else if ((getSimplifiedTypeClass(PreferredType) == |
1057 | getSimplifiedTypeClass(TC)) && |
1058 | !(PreferredType->isEnumeralType() && TC->isEnumeralType())) |
1059 | R.Priority /= CCF_SimilarTypeMatch; |
1060 | } |
1061 | } |
1062 | } |
1063 | |
1064 | static DeclContext::lookup_result getConstructors(ASTContext &Context, |
1065 | const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { |
1066 | QualType RecordTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); |
1067 | DeclarationName ConstructorName = |
1068 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( |
1069 | Ty: Context.getCanonicalType(T: RecordTy)); |
1070 | return Record->lookup(ConstructorName); |
1071 | } |
1072 | |
1073 | void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R) { |
1074 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !R.Declaration || |
1075 | !CompletionContext.wantConstructorResults()) |
1076 | return; |
1077 | |
1078 | const NamedDecl *D = R.Declaration; |
1079 | const CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; |
1080 | if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Val: D)) |
1081 | Record = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
1082 | else if ((Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: D))) { |
1083 | // Skip specializations and partial specializations. |
1084 | if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Val: Record)) |
1085 | return; |
1086 | } else { |
1087 | // There are no constructors here. |
1088 | return; |
1089 | } |
1090 | |
1091 | Record = Record->getDefinition(); |
1092 | if (!Record) |
1093 | return; |
1094 | |
1095 | for (NamedDecl *Ctor : getConstructors(Context&: SemaRef.Context, Record)) { |
1096 | R.Declaration = Ctor; |
1097 | R.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(R.Declaration); |
1098 | Results.push_back(x: R); |
1099 | } |
1100 | } |
1101 | |
1102 | static bool isConstructor(const Decl *ND) { |
1103 | if (const auto *Tmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: ND)) |
1104 | ND = Tmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
1105 | return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: ND); |
1106 | } |
1107 | |
1108 | void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext) { |
1109 | assert(!ShadowMaps.empty() && "Must enter into a results scope" ); |
1110 | |
1111 | if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) { |
1112 | // For non-declaration results, just add the result. |
1113 | Results.push_back(x: R); |
1114 | return; |
1115 | } |
1116 | |
1117 | // Look through using declarations. |
1118 | if (const UsingShadowDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Val: R.Declaration)) { |
1119 | CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(), |
1120 | getBasePriority(ND: Using->getTargetDecl()), |
1121 | R.Qualifier, false, |
1122 | (R.Availability == CXAvailability_Available || |
1123 | R.Availability == CXAvailability_Deprecated), |
1124 | std::move(R.FixIts)); |
1125 | Result.ShadowDecl = Using; |
1126 | MaybeAddResult(R: Result, CurContext); |
1127 | return; |
1128 | } |
1129 | |
1130 | const Decl *CanonDecl = R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl(); |
1131 | unsigned IDNS = CanonDecl->getIdentifierNamespace(); |
1132 | |
1133 | bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; |
1134 | if (!isInterestingDecl(ND: R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier)) |
1135 | return; |
1136 | |
1137 | // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup. |
1138 | if (isConstructor(R.Declaration)) |
1139 | return; |
1140 | |
1141 | ShadowMap &SMap = ShadowMaps.back(); |
1142 | ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd; |
1143 | ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SMap.find(Val: R.Declaration->getDeclName()); |
1144 | if (NamePos != SMap.end()) { |
1145 | I = NamePos->second.begin(); |
1146 | IEnd = NamePos->second.end(); |
1147 | } |
1148 | |
1149 | for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { |
1150 | const NamedDecl *ND = I->first; |
1151 | unsigned Index = I->second; |
1152 | if (ND->getCanonicalDecl() == CanonDecl) { |
1153 | // This is a redeclaration. Always pick the newer declaration. |
1154 | Results[Index].Declaration = R.Declaration; |
1155 | |
1156 | // We're done. |
1157 | return; |
1158 | } |
1159 | } |
1160 | |
1161 | // This is a new declaration in this scope. However, check whether this |
1162 | // declaration name is hidden by a similarly-named declaration in an outer |
1163 | // scope. |
1164 | std::list<ShadowMap>::iterator SM, SMEnd = ShadowMaps.end(); |
1165 | --SMEnd; |
1166 | for (SM = ShadowMaps.begin(); SM != SMEnd; ++SM) { |
1167 | ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd; |
1168 | ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SM->find(Val: R.Declaration->getDeclName()); |
1169 | if (NamePos != SM->end()) { |
1170 | I = NamePos->second.begin(); |
1171 | IEnd = NamePos->second.end(); |
1172 | } |
1173 | for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { |
1174 | // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration. |
1175 | if (I->first->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() && |
1176 | (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | |
1177 | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol))) |
1178 | continue; |
1179 | |
1180 | // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else. |
1181 | if (((I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol) || |
1182 | (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) && |
1183 | I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS) |
1184 | continue; |
1185 | |
1186 | // The newly-added result is hidden by an entry in the shadow map. |
1187 | if (CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, Hiding: I->first)) |
1188 | return; |
1189 | |
1190 | break; |
1191 | } |
1192 | } |
1193 | |
1194 | // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once. |
1195 | if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(Ptr: CanonDecl).second) |
1196 | return; |
1197 | |
1198 | // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a |
1199 | // nested-name-specifier. |
1200 | if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
1201 | R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
1202 | R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier; |
1203 | } else |
1204 | AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R); |
1205 | |
1206 | // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one. |
1207 | if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier && |
1208 | !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
1209 | const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext(); |
1210 | if (const NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Val: Ctx)) |
1211 | R.Qualifier = |
1212 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context: SemaRef.Context, Prefix: nullptr, NS: Namespace); |
1213 | else if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Val: Ctx)) |
1214 | R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( |
1215 | Context: SemaRef.Context, Prefix: nullptr, Template: false, |
1216 | T: SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr()); |
1217 | else |
1218 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; |
1219 | } |
1220 | |
1221 | // Insert this result into the set of results and into the current shadow |
1222 | // map. |
1223 | SMap[R.Declaration->getDeclName()].Add(ND: R.Declaration, Index: Results.size()); |
1224 | Results.push_back(x: R); |
1225 | |
1226 | if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier) |
1227 | MaybeAddConstructorResults(R); |
1228 | } |
1229 | |
1230 | static void setInBaseClass(ResultBuilder::Result &R) { |
1231 | R.Priority += CCD_InBaseClass; |
1232 | R.InBaseClass = true; |
1233 | } |
1234 | |
1235 | enum class OverloadCompare { BothViable, Dominates, Dominated }; |
1236 | // Will Candidate ever be called on the object, when overloaded with Incumbent? |
1237 | // Returns Dominates if Candidate is always called, Dominated if Incumbent is |
1238 | // always called, BothViable if either may be called depending on arguments. |
1239 | // Precondition: must actually be overloads! |
1240 | static OverloadCompare compareOverloads(const CXXMethodDecl &Candidate, |
1241 | const CXXMethodDecl &Incumbent, |
1242 | const Qualifiers &ObjectQuals, |
1243 | ExprValueKind ObjectKind) { |
1244 | // Base/derived shadowing is handled elsewhere. |
1245 | if (Candidate.getDeclContext() != Incumbent.getDeclContext()) |
1246 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
1247 | if (Candidate.isVariadic() != Incumbent.isVariadic() || |
1248 | Candidate.getNumParams() != Incumbent.getNumParams() || |
1249 | Candidate.getMinRequiredArguments() != |
1250 | Incumbent.getMinRequiredArguments()) |
1251 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
1252 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Candidate.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) |
1253 | if (Candidate.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType() != |
1254 | Incumbent.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType()) |
1255 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
1256 | if (!Candidate.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>().empty() || |
1257 | !Incumbent.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>().empty()) |
1258 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
1259 | // At this point, we know calls can't pick one or the other based on |
1260 | // arguments, so one of the two must win. (Or both fail, handled elsewhere). |
1261 | RefQualifierKind CandidateRef = Candidate.getRefQualifier(); |
1262 | RefQualifierKind IncumbentRef = Incumbent.getRefQualifier(); |
1263 | if (CandidateRef != IncumbentRef) { |
1264 | // If the object kind is LValue/RValue, there's one acceptable ref-qualifier |
1265 | // and it can't be mixed with ref-unqualified overloads (in valid code). |
1266 | |
1267 | // For xvalue objects, we prefer the rvalue overload even if we have to |
1268 | // add qualifiers (which is rare, because const&& is rare). |
1269 | if (ObjectKind == clang::VK_XValue) |
1270 | return CandidateRef == RQ_RValue ? OverloadCompare::Dominates |
1271 | : OverloadCompare::Dominated; |
1272 | } |
1273 | // Now the ref qualifiers are the same (or we're in some invalid state). |
1274 | // So make some decision based on the qualifiers. |
1275 | Qualifiers CandidateQual = Candidate.getMethodQualifiers(); |
1276 | Qualifiers IncumbentQual = Incumbent.getMethodQualifiers(); |
1277 | bool CandidateSuperset = CandidateQual.compatiblyIncludes(other: IncumbentQual); |
1278 | bool IncumbentSuperset = IncumbentQual.compatiblyIncludes(other: CandidateQual); |
1279 | if (CandidateSuperset == IncumbentSuperset) |
1280 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
1281 | return IncumbentSuperset ? OverloadCompare::Dominates |
1282 | : OverloadCompare::Dominated; |
1283 | } |
1284 | |
1285 | bool ResultBuilder::canCxxMethodBeCalled(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
1286 | QualType BaseExprType) const { |
1287 | // Find the class scope that we're currently in. |
1288 | // We could e.g. be inside a lambda, so walk up the DeclContext until we |
1289 | // find a CXXMethodDecl. |
1290 | DeclContext *CurContext = SemaRef.CurContext; |
1291 | const auto *CurrentClassScope = [&]() -> const CXXRecordDecl * { |
1292 | for (DeclContext *Ctx = CurContext; Ctx; Ctx = Ctx->getParent()) { |
1293 | const auto *CtxMethod = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: Ctx); |
1294 | if (CtxMethod && !CtxMethod->getParent()->isLambda()) { |
1295 | return CtxMethod->getParent(); |
1296 | } |
1297 | } |
1298 | return nullptr; |
1299 | }(); |
1300 | |
1301 | // If we're not inside the scope of the method's class, it can't be a call. |
1302 | bool FunctionCanBeCall = |
1303 | CurrentClassScope && |
1304 | (CurrentClassScope == Method->getParent() || |
1305 | CurrentClassScope->isDerivedFrom(Base: Method->getParent())); |
1306 | |
1307 | // We skip the following calculation for exceptions if it's already true. |
1308 | if (FunctionCanBeCall) |
1309 | return true; |
1310 | |
1311 | // Exception: foo->FooBase::bar() or foo->Foo::bar() *is* a call. |
1312 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *MaybeDerived = |
1313 | BaseExprType.isNull() ? nullptr |
1314 | : BaseExprType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { |
1315 | auto *MaybeBase = Method->getParent(); |
1316 | FunctionCanBeCall = |
1317 | MaybeDerived == MaybeBase || MaybeDerived->isDerivedFrom(Base: MaybeBase); |
1318 | } |
1319 | |
1320 | return FunctionCanBeCall; |
1321 | } |
1322 | |
1323 | bool ResultBuilder::canFunctionBeCalled(const NamedDecl *ND, |
1324 | QualType BaseExprType) const { |
1325 | // We apply heuristics only to CCC_Symbol: |
1326 | // * CCC_{Arrow,Dot}MemberAccess reflect member access expressions: |
1327 | // f.method() and f->method(). These are always calls. |
1328 | // * A qualified name to a member function may *not* be a call. We have to |
1329 | // subdivide the cases: For example, f.Base::method(), which is regarded as |
1330 | // CCC_Symbol, should be a call. |
1331 | // * Non-member functions and static member functions are always considered |
1332 | // calls. |
1333 | if (CompletionContext.getKind() == clang::CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol) { |
1334 | if (const auto *FuncTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
1335 | ND = FuncTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
1336 | } |
1337 | const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: ND); |
1338 | if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) { |
1339 | return canCxxMethodBeCalled(Method, BaseExprType); |
1340 | } |
1341 | } |
1342 | return true; |
1343 | } |
1344 | |
1345 | void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, |
1346 | NamedDecl *Hiding, bool InBaseClass = false, |
1347 | QualType BaseExprType = QualType()) { |
1348 | if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) { |
1349 | // For non-declaration results, just add the result. |
1350 | Results.push_back(x: R); |
1351 | return; |
1352 | } |
1353 | |
1354 | // Look through using declarations. |
1355 | if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Val: R.Declaration)) { |
1356 | CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(), |
1357 | getBasePriority(ND: Using->getTargetDecl()), |
1358 | R.Qualifier, false, |
1359 | (R.Availability == CXAvailability_Available || |
1360 | R.Availability == CXAvailability_Deprecated), |
1361 | std::move(R.FixIts)); |
1362 | Result.ShadowDecl = Using; |
1363 | AddResult(R: Result, CurContext, Hiding, /*InBaseClass=*/false, |
1364 | /*BaseExprType=*/BaseExprType); |
1365 | return; |
1366 | } |
1367 | |
1368 | bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; |
1369 | if (!isInterestingDecl(ND: R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier)) |
1370 | return; |
1371 | |
1372 | // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup. |
1373 | if (isConstructor(R.Declaration)) |
1374 | return; |
1375 | |
1376 | if (Hiding && CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, Hiding)) |
1377 | return; |
1378 | |
1379 | // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once. |
1380 | if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl()).second) |
1381 | return; |
1382 | |
1383 | // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a |
1384 | // nested-name-specifier. |
1385 | if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
1386 | R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
1387 | R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier; |
1388 | } else if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsMember && !R.Qualifier && |
1389 | InBaseClass && |
1390 | isa<CXXRecordDecl>( |
1391 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) |
1392 | R.QualifierIsInformative = true; |
1393 | |
1394 | // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one. |
1395 | if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier && |
1396 | !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
1397 | const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext(); |
1398 | if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx)) |
1399 | R.Qualifier = |
1400 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace); |
1401 | else if (const auto *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx)) |
1402 | R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( |
1403 | SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false, |
1404 | SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Decl: Tag).getTypePtr()); |
1405 | else |
1406 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; |
1407 | } |
1408 | |
1409 | // Adjust the priority if this result comes from a base class. |
1410 | if (InBaseClass) |
1411 | setInBaseClass(R); |
1412 | |
1413 | AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R); |
1414 | |
1415 | if (HasObjectTypeQualifiers) |
1416 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: R.Declaration)) |
1417 | if (Method->isInstance()) { |
1418 | Qualifiers MethodQuals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); |
1419 | if (ObjectTypeQualifiers == MethodQuals) |
1420 | R.Priority += CCD_ObjectQualifierMatch; |
1421 | else if (ObjectTypeQualifiers - MethodQuals) { |
1422 | // The method cannot be invoked, because doing so would drop |
1423 | // qualifiers. |
1424 | return; |
1425 | } |
1426 | // Detect cases where a ref-qualified method cannot be invoked. |
1427 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { |
1428 | case RQ_LValue: |
1429 | if (ObjectKind != VK_LValue && !MethodQuals.hasConst()) |
1430 | return; |
1431 | break; |
1432 | case RQ_RValue: |
1433 | if (ObjectKind == VK_LValue) |
1434 | return; |
1435 | break; |
1436 | case RQ_None: |
1437 | break; |
1438 | } |
1439 | |
1440 | /// Check whether this dominates another overloaded method, which should |
1441 | /// be suppressed (or vice versa). |
1442 | /// Motivating case is const_iterator begin() const vs iterator begin(). |
1443 | auto &OverloadSet = OverloadMap[std::make_pair( |
1444 | CurContext, Method->getDeclName().getAsOpaqueInteger())]; |
1445 | for (const DeclIndexPair Entry : OverloadSet) { |
1446 | Result &Incumbent = Results[Entry.second]; |
1447 | switch (compareOverloads(*Method, |
1448 | *cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Incumbent.Declaration), |
1449 | ObjectTypeQualifiers, ObjectKind)) { |
1450 | case OverloadCompare::Dominates: |
1451 | // Replace the dominated overload with this one. |
1452 | // FIXME: if the overload dominates multiple incumbents then we |
1453 | // should remove all. But two overloads is by far the common case. |
1454 | Incumbent = std::move(R); |
1455 | return; |
1456 | case OverloadCompare::Dominated: |
1457 | // This overload can't be called, drop it. |
1458 | return; |
1459 | case OverloadCompare::BothViable: |
1460 | break; |
1461 | } |
1462 | } |
1463 | OverloadSet.Add(Method, Results.size()); |
1464 | } |
1465 | |
1466 | R.FunctionCanBeCall = canFunctionBeCalled(ND: R.getDeclaration(), BaseExprType); |
1467 | |
1468 | // Insert this result into the set of results. |
1469 | Results.push_back(x: R); |
1470 | |
1471 | if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier) |
1472 | MaybeAddConstructorResults(R); |
1473 | } |
1474 | |
1475 | void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R) { |
1476 | assert(R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration && |
1477 | "Declaration results need more context" ); |
1478 | Results.push_back(x: R); |
1479 | } |
1480 | |
1481 | /// Enter into a new scope. |
1482 | void ResultBuilder::EnterNewScope() { ShadowMaps.emplace_back(); } |
1483 | |
1484 | /// Exit from the current scope. |
1485 | void ResultBuilder::ExitScope() { |
1486 | ShadowMaps.pop_back(); |
1487 | } |
1488 | |
1489 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by |
1490 | /// ordinary name lookup. |
1491 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1492 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
1493 | |
1494 | // If name lookup finds a local extern declaration, then we are in a |
1495 | // context where it behaves like an ordinary name. |
1496 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; |
1497 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
1498 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member; |
1499 | else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
1500 | if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(Val: ND)) |
1501 | return true; |
1502 | } |
1503 | |
1504 | return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS; |
1505 | } |
1506 | |
1507 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by |
1508 | /// ordinary name lookup but is not a type name. |
1509 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1510 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
1511 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(Val: ND)) |
1512 | return false; |
1513 | // Objective-C interfaces names are not filtered by this method because they |
1514 | // can be used in a class property expression. We can still filter out |
1515 | // @class declarations though. |
1516 | if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
1517 | if (!ID->getDefinition()) |
1518 | return false; |
1519 | } |
1520 | |
1521 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; |
1522 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
1523 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member; |
1524 | else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
1525 | if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(Val: ND)) |
1526 | return true; |
1527 | } |
1528 | |
1529 | return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS; |
1530 | } |
1531 | |
1532 | bool ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1533 | if (!IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND)) |
1534 | return false; |
1535 | |
1536 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(Val: ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) |
1537 | if (VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
1538 | return true; |
1539 | |
1540 | return false; |
1541 | } |
1542 | |
1543 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by |
1544 | /// ordinary name lookup. |
1545 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1546 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
1547 | |
1548 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; |
1549 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
1550 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace; |
1551 | |
1552 | return (ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS) && !isa<ValueDecl>(Val: ND) && |
1553 | !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: ND) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(Val: ND); |
1554 | } |
1555 | |
1556 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is suitable as the |
1557 | /// start of a C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., a class or namespace. |
1558 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1559 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. |
1560 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Val: ND)) |
1561 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
1562 | |
1563 | return SemaRef.isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(SD: ND); |
1564 | } |
1565 | |
1566 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an enumeration. |
1567 | bool ResultBuilder::IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1568 | return isa<EnumDecl>(Val: ND); |
1569 | } |
1570 | |
1571 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a class or struct. |
1572 | bool ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1573 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. |
1574 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Val: ND)) |
1575 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
1576 | |
1577 | // For purposes of this check, interfaces match too. |
1578 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Val: ND)) |
1579 | return RD->getTagKind() == TagTypeKind::Class || |
1580 | RD->getTagKind() == TagTypeKind::Struct || |
1581 | RD->getTagKind() == TagTypeKind::Interface; |
1582 | |
1583 | return false; |
1584 | } |
1585 | |
1586 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a union. |
1587 | bool ResultBuilder::IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1588 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. |
1589 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Val: ND)) |
1590 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
1591 | |
1592 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Val: ND)) |
1593 | return RD->getTagKind() == TagTypeKind::Union; |
1594 | |
1595 | return false; |
1596 | } |
1597 | |
1598 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace. |
1599 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1600 | return isa<NamespaceDecl>(Val: ND); |
1601 | } |
1602 | |
1603 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace or |
1604 | /// namespace alias. |
1605 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1606 | return isa<NamespaceDecl>(Val: ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); |
1607 | } |
1608 | |
1609 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a type. |
1610 | bool ResultBuilder::IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1611 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
1612 | return isa<TypeDecl>(Val: ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: ND); |
1613 | } |
1614 | |
1615 | /// Determines which members of a class should be visible via |
1616 | /// "." or "->". Only value declarations, nested name specifiers, and |
1617 | /// using declarations thereof should show up. |
1618 | bool ResultBuilder::IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1619 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
1620 | return isa<ValueDecl>(Val: ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: ND) || |
1621 | isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(Val: ND); |
1622 | } |
1623 | |
1624 | static bool isObjCReceiverType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) { |
1625 | T = C.getCanonicalType(T); |
1626 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { |
1627 | case Type::ObjCObject: |
1628 | case Type::ObjCInterface: |
1629 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: |
1630 | return true; |
1631 | |
1632 | case Type::Builtin: |
1633 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(Val&: T)->getKind()) { |
1634 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: |
1635 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: |
1636 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: |
1637 | return true; |
1638 | |
1639 | default: |
1640 | break; |
1641 | } |
1642 | return false; |
1643 | |
1644 | default: |
1645 | break; |
1646 | } |
1647 | |
1648 | if (!C.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
1649 | return false; |
1650 | |
1651 | // FIXME: We could perform more analysis here to determine whether a |
1652 | // particular class type has any conversions to Objective-C types. For now, |
1653 | // just accept all class types. |
1654 | return T->isDependentType() || T->isRecordType(); |
1655 | } |
1656 | |
1657 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1658 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(C&: SemaRef.Context, ND); |
1659 | if (T.isNull()) |
1660 | return false; |
1661 | |
1662 | T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(QT: T); |
1663 | return isObjCReceiverType(C&: SemaRef.Context, T); |
1664 | } |
1665 | |
1666 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture( |
1667 | const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1668 | if (IsObjCMessageReceiver(ND)) |
1669 | return true; |
1670 | |
1671 | const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: ND); |
1672 | if (!Var) |
1673 | return false; |
1674 | |
1675 | return Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); |
1676 | } |
1677 | |
1678 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1679 | if ((SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryName(ND)) || |
1680 | (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND))) |
1681 | return false; |
1682 | |
1683 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(C&: SemaRef.Context, ND); |
1684 | if (T.isNull()) |
1685 | return false; |
1686 | |
1687 | T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(QT: T); |
1688 | return T->isObjCObjectType() || T->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
1689 | T->isObjCIdType() || |
1690 | (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && T->isRecordType()); |
1691 | } |
1692 | |
1693 | bool ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1694 | return false; |
1695 | } |
1696 | |
1697 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an Objective-C |
1698 | /// instance variable. |
1699 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
1700 | return isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(Val: ND); |
1701 | } |
1702 | |
1703 | namespace { |
1704 | |
1705 | /// Visible declaration consumer that adds a code-completion result |
1706 | /// for each visible declaration. |
1707 | class CodeCompletionDeclConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer { |
1708 | ResultBuilder &Results; |
1709 | DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx; |
1710 | // NamingClass and BaseType are used for access-checking. See |
1711 | // Sema::IsSimplyAccessible for details. |
1712 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass; |
1713 | QualType BaseType; |
1714 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts; |
1715 | |
1716 | public: |
1717 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer( |
1718 | ResultBuilder &Results, DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx, |
1719 | QualType BaseType = QualType(), |
1720 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts = std::vector<FixItHint>()) |
1721 | : Results(Results), InitialLookupCtx(InitialLookupCtx), |
1722 | FixIts(std::move(FixIts)) { |
1723 | NamingClass = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: InitialLookupCtx); |
1724 | // If BaseType was not provided explicitly, emulate implicit 'this->'. |
1725 | if (BaseType.isNull()) { |
1726 | auto ThisType = Results.getSema().getCurrentThisType(); |
1727 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) { |
1728 | assert(ThisType->isPointerType()); |
1729 | BaseType = ThisType->getPointeeType(); |
1730 | if (!NamingClass) |
1731 | NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
1732 | } |
1733 | } |
1734 | this->BaseType = BaseType; |
1735 | } |
1736 | |
1737 | void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx, |
1738 | bool InBaseClass) override { |
1739 | ResultBuilder::Result Result(ND, Results.getBasePriority(ND), nullptr, |
1740 | false, IsAccessible(ND, Ctx), FixIts); |
1741 | Results.AddResult(Result, InitialLookupCtx, Hiding, InBaseClass, BaseType); |
1742 | } |
1743 | |
1744 | void EnteredContext(DeclContext *Ctx) override { |
1745 | Results.addVisitedContext(Ctx); |
1746 | } |
1747 | |
1748 | private: |
1749 | bool IsAccessible(NamedDecl *ND, DeclContext *Ctx) { |
1750 | // Naming class to use for access check. In most cases it was provided |
1751 | // explicitly (e.g. member access (lhs.foo) or qualified lookup (X::)), |
1752 | // for unqualified lookup we fallback to the \p Ctx in which we found the |
1753 | // member. |
1754 | auto *NamingClass = this->NamingClass; |
1755 | QualType BaseType = this->BaseType; |
1756 | if (auto *Cls = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: Ctx)) { |
1757 | if (!NamingClass) |
1758 | NamingClass = Cls; |
1759 | // When we emulate implicit 'this->' in an unqualified lookup, we might |
1760 | // end up with an invalid naming class. In that case, we avoid emulating |
1761 | // 'this->' qualifier to satisfy preconditions of the access checking. |
1762 | if (NamingClass->getCanonicalDecl() != Cls->getCanonicalDecl() && |
1763 | !NamingClass->isDerivedFrom(Base: Cls)) { |
1764 | NamingClass = Cls; |
1765 | BaseType = QualType(); |
1766 | } |
1767 | } else { |
1768 | // The decl was found outside the C++ class, so only ObjC access checks |
1769 | // apply. Those do not rely on NamingClass and BaseType, so we clear them |
1770 | // out. |
1771 | NamingClass = nullptr; |
1772 | BaseType = QualType(); |
1773 | } |
1774 | return Results.getSema().IsSimplyAccessible(Decl: ND, NamingClass, BaseType); |
1775 | } |
1776 | }; |
1777 | } // namespace |
1778 | |
1779 | /// Add type specifiers for the current language as keyword results. |
1780 | static void AddTypeSpecifierResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
1781 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
1782 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
1783 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("short" , CCP_Type)); |
1784 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("long" , CCP_Type)); |
1785 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("signed" , CCP_Type)); |
1786 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("unsigned" , CCP_Type)); |
1787 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("void" , CCP_Type)); |
1788 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("char" , CCP_Type)); |
1789 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("int" , CCP_Type)); |
1790 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("float" , CCP_Type)); |
1791 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("double" , CCP_Type)); |
1792 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("enum" , CCP_Type)); |
1793 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("struct" , CCP_Type)); |
1794 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("union" , CCP_Type)); |
1795 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("const" , CCP_Type)); |
1796 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("volatile" , CCP_Type)); |
1797 | |
1798 | if (LangOpts.C99) { |
1799 | // C99-specific |
1800 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("_Complex" , CCP_Type)); |
1801 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("_Imaginary" , CCP_Type)); |
1802 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("_Bool" , CCP_Type)); |
1803 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("restrict" , CCP_Type)); |
1804 | } |
1805 | |
1806 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
1807 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
1808 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { |
1809 | // C++-specific |
1810 | Results.AddResult( |
1811 | R: Result("bool" , CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0))); |
1812 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("class" , CCP_Type)); |
1813 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("wchar_t" , CCP_Type)); |
1814 | |
1815 | // typename name |
1816 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "typename" ); |
1817 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
1818 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "name" ); |
1819 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
1820 | |
1821 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { |
1822 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("auto" , CCP_Type)); |
1823 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("char16_t" , CCP_Type)); |
1824 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("char32_t" , CCP_Type)); |
1825 | |
1826 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "decltype" ); |
1827 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
1828 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
1829 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
1830 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
1831 | } |
1832 | } else |
1833 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("__auto_type" , CCP_Type)); |
1834 | |
1835 | // GNU keywords |
1836 | if (LangOpts.GNUKeywords) { |
1837 | // FIXME: Enable when we actually support decimal floating point. |
1838 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal32")); |
1839 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal64")); |
1840 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal128")); |
1841 | |
1842 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "typeof" ); |
1843 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
1844 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
1845 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
1846 | |
1847 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "typeof" ); |
1848 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
1849 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
1850 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
1851 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
1852 | } |
1853 | |
1854 | // Nullability |
1855 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("_Nonnull" , CCP_Type)); |
1856 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("_Null_unspecified" , CCP_Type)); |
1857 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("_Nullable" , CCP_Type)); |
1858 | } |
1859 | |
1860 | static void AddStorageSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, |
1861 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
1862 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
1863 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
1864 | // Note: we don't suggest either "auto" or "register", because both |
1865 | // are pointless as storage specifiers. Elsewhere, we suggest "auto" |
1866 | // in C++0x as a type specifier. |
1867 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("extern" )); |
1868 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("static" )); |
1869 | |
1870 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { |
1871 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
1872 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
1873 | |
1874 | // alignas |
1875 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "alignas" ); |
1876 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
1877 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
1878 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
1879 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
1880 | |
1881 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("constexpr" )); |
1882 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("thread_local" )); |
1883 | } |
1884 | } |
1885 | |
1886 | static void AddFunctionSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, |
1887 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
1888 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
1889 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
1890 | switch (CCC) { |
1891 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
1892 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
1893 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { |
1894 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("explicit" )); |
1895 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("friend" )); |
1896 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("mutable" )); |
1897 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("virtual" )); |
1898 | } |
1899 | [[fallthrough]]; |
1900 | |
1901 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
1902 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
1903 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
1904 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
1905 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.C99) |
1906 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("inline" )); |
1907 | break; |
1908 | |
1909 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
1910 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: |
1911 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: |
1912 | case Sema::PCC_TopLevelOrExpression: |
1913 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
1914 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
1915 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
1916 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
1917 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
1918 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
1919 | break; |
1920 | } |
1921 | } |
1922 | |
1923 | static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
1924 | static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
1925 | static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
1926 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
1927 | static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
1928 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
1929 | static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
1930 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
1931 | static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
1932 | |
1933 | static void AddTypedefResult(ResultBuilder &Results) { |
1934 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
1935 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
1936 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "typedef" ); |
1937 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
1938 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
1939 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
1940 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "name" ); |
1941 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
1942 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
1943 | } |
1944 | |
1945 | // using name = type |
1946 | static void AddUsingAliasResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, |
1947 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
1948 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "using" ); |
1949 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
1950 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "name" ); |
1951 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); |
1952 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
1953 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
1954 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
1955 | } |
1956 | |
1957 | static bool WantTypesInContext(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, |
1958 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
1959 | switch (CCC) { |
1960 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
1961 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
1962 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
1963 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
1964 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
1965 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: |
1966 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
1967 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
1968 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
1969 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
1970 | case Sema::PCC_TopLevelOrExpression: |
1971 | return true; |
1972 | |
1973 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: |
1974 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
1975 | return LangOpts.CPlusPlus; |
1976 | |
1977 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
1978 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
1979 | return false; |
1980 | |
1981 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
1982 | return LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.ObjC || LangOpts.C99; |
1983 | } |
1984 | |
1985 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!" ); |
1986 | } |
1987 | |
1988 | static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Context, |
1989 | const Preprocessor &PP) { |
1990 | PrintingPolicy Policy = Sema::getPrintingPolicy(Ctx: Context, PP); |
1991 | Policy.AnonymousTagLocations = false; |
1992 | Policy.SuppressStrongLifetime = true; |
1993 | Policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true; |
1994 | Policy.SuppressScope = true; |
1995 | Policy.CleanUglifiedParameters = true; |
1996 | return Policy; |
1997 | } |
1998 | |
1999 | /// Retrieve a printing policy suitable for code completion. |
2000 | static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Sema &S) { |
2001 | return getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Context: S.Context, PP: S.PP); |
2002 | } |
2003 | |
2004 | /// Retrieve the string representation of the given type as a string |
2005 | /// that has the appropriate lifetime for code completion. |
2006 | /// |
2007 | /// This routine provides a fast path where we provide constant strings for |
2008 | /// common type names. |
2009 | static const char *GetCompletionTypeString(QualType T, ASTContext &Context, |
2010 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
2011 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator) { |
2012 | if (!T.getLocalQualifiers()) { |
2013 | // Built-in type names are constant strings. |
2014 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Val&: T)) |
2015 | return BT->getNameAsCString(Policy); |
2016 | |
2017 | // Anonymous tag types are constant strings. |
2018 | if (const TagType *TagT = dyn_cast<TagType>(Val&: T)) |
2019 | if (TagDecl *Tag = TagT->getDecl()) |
2020 | if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage()) { |
2021 | switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { |
2022 | case TagTypeKind::Struct: |
2023 | return "struct <anonymous>" ; |
2024 | case TagTypeKind::Interface: |
2025 | return "__interface <anonymous>" ; |
2026 | case TagTypeKind::Class: |
2027 | return "class <anonymous>" ; |
2028 | case TagTypeKind::Union: |
2029 | return "union <anonymous>" ; |
2030 | case TagTypeKind::Enum: |
2031 | return "enum <anonymous>" ; |
2032 | } |
2033 | } |
2034 | } |
2035 | |
2036 | // Slow path: format the type as a string. |
2037 | std::string Result; |
2038 | T.getAsStringInternal(Str&: Result, Policy); |
2039 | return Allocator.CopyString(String: Result); |
2040 | } |
2041 | |
2042 | /// Add a completion for "this", if we're in a member function. |
2043 | static void addThisCompletion(Sema &S, ResultBuilder &Results) { |
2044 | QualType ThisTy = S.getCurrentThisType(); |
2045 | if (ThisTy.isNull()) |
2046 | return; |
2047 | |
2048 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
2049 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
2050 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); |
2051 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( |
2052 | ResultType: GetCompletionTypeString(T: ThisTy, Context&: S.Context, Policy, Allocator)); |
2053 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "this" ); |
2054 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
2055 | } |
2056 | |
2057 | static void AddStaticAssertResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, |
2058 | ResultBuilder &Results, |
2059 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
2060 | if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) |
2061 | return; |
2062 | |
2063 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "static_assert" ); |
2064 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2065 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2066 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
2067 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "message" ); |
2068 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2069 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2070 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
2071 | } |
2072 | |
2073 | static void AddOverrideResults(ResultBuilder &Results, |
2074 | const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
2075 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) { |
2076 | Sema &S = Results.getSema(); |
2077 | const auto *CR = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: S.CurContext); |
2078 | // If not inside a class/struct/union return empty. |
2079 | if (!CR) |
2080 | return; |
2081 | // First store overrides within current class. |
2082 | // These are stored by name to make querying fast in the later step. |
2083 | llvm::StringMap<std::vector<FunctionDecl *>> Overrides; |
2084 | for (auto *Method : CR->methods()) { |
2085 | if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier()) |
2086 | continue; |
2087 | Overrides[Method->getName()].push_back(Method); |
2088 | } |
2089 | |
2090 | for (const auto &Base : CR->bases()) { |
2091 | const auto *BR = Base.getType().getTypePtr()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
2092 | if (!BR) |
2093 | continue; |
2094 | for (auto *Method : BR->methods()) { |
2095 | if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier()) |
2096 | continue; |
2097 | const auto it = Overrides.find(Method->getName()); |
2098 | bool IsOverriden = false; |
2099 | if (it != Overrides.end()) { |
2100 | for (auto *MD : it->second) { |
2101 | // If the method in current body is not an overload of this virtual |
2102 | // function, then it overrides this one. |
2103 | if (!S.IsOverload(MD, Method, false)) { |
2104 | IsOverriden = true; |
2105 | break; |
2106 | } |
2107 | } |
2108 | } |
2109 | if (!IsOverriden) { |
2110 | // Generates a new CodeCompletionResult by taking this function and |
2111 | // converting it into an override declaration with only one chunk in the |
2112 | // final CodeCompletionString as a TypedTextChunk. |
2113 | std::string OverrideSignature; |
2114 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(OverrideSignature); |
2115 | CodeCompletionResult CCR(Method, 0); |
2116 | PrintingPolicy Policy = |
2117 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Context: S.getASTContext(), PP: S.getPreprocessor()); |
2118 | auto *CCS = CCR.createCodeCompletionStringForOverride( |
2119 | PP&: S.getPreprocessor(), Ctx&: S.getASTContext(), Result&: Builder, |
2120 | /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, CCContext, Policy); |
2121 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(CCS, Method, CCP_CodePattern)); |
2122 | } |
2123 | } |
2124 | } |
2125 | } |
2126 | |
2127 | /// Add language constructs that show up for "ordinary" names. |
2128 | static void AddOrdinaryNameResults(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, Scope *S, |
2129 | Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results) { |
2130 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
2131 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
2132 | |
2133 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
2134 | switch (CCC) { |
2135 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
2136 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
2137 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
2138 | // namespace <identifier> { declarations } |
2139 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "namespace" ); |
2140 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2141 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "identifier" ); |
2142 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2143 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
2144 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2145 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "declarations" ); |
2146 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2147 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
2148 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2149 | } |
2150 | |
2151 | // namespace identifier = identifier ; |
2152 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "namespace" ); |
2153 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2154 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "name" ); |
2155 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); |
2156 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "namespace" ); |
2157 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2158 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2159 | |
2160 | // Using directives |
2161 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "using namespace" ); |
2162 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2163 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "identifier" ); |
2164 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2165 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2166 | |
2167 | // asm(string-literal) |
2168 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "asm" ); |
2169 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2170 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "string-literal" ); |
2171 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2172 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2173 | |
2174 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
2175 | // Explicit template instantiation |
2176 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "template" ); |
2177 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2178 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "declaration" ); |
2179 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2180 | } else { |
2181 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("template" , CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword)); |
2182 | } |
2183 | } |
2184 | |
2185 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
2186 | AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, NeedAt: true); |
2187 | |
2188 | AddTypedefResult(Results); |
2189 | [[fallthrough]]; |
2190 | |
2191 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
2192 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
2193 | // Using declaration |
2194 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "using" ); |
2195 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2196 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "qualifier" ); |
2197 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "::" ); |
2198 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "name" ); |
2199 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2200 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2201 | |
2202 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
2203 | AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results); |
2204 | |
2205 | // using typename qualifier::name (only in a dependent context) |
2206 | if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) { |
2207 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "using typename" ); |
2208 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2209 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "qualifier" ); |
2210 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "::" ); |
2211 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "name" ); |
2212 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2213 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2214 | } |
2215 | |
2216 | AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
2217 | |
2218 | if (CCC == Sema::PCC_Class) { |
2219 | AddTypedefResult(Results); |
2220 | |
2221 | bool IsNotInheritanceScope = !S->isClassInheritanceScope(); |
2222 | // public: |
2223 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "public" ); |
2224 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
2225 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
2226 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2227 | |
2228 | // protected: |
2229 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "protected" ); |
2230 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
2231 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
2232 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2233 | |
2234 | // private: |
2235 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "private" ); |
2236 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
2237 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
2238 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2239 | |
2240 | // FIXME: This adds override results only if we are at the first word of |
2241 | // the declaration/definition. Also call this from other sides to have |
2242 | // more use-cases. |
2243 | AddOverrideResults(Results, CCContext: CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion, |
2244 | Builder); |
2245 | } |
2246 | } |
2247 | [[fallthrough]]; |
2248 | |
2249 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
2250 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
2251 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
2252 | // template < parameters > |
2253 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "template" ); |
2254 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
2255 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "parameters" ); |
2256 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
2257 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2258 | } else { |
2259 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("template" , CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword)); |
2260 | } |
2261 | |
2262 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
2263 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
2264 | break; |
2265 | |
2266 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
2267 | AddObjCInterfaceResults(LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, NeedAt: true); |
2268 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
2269 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
2270 | break; |
2271 | |
2272 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
2273 | AddObjCImplementationResults(LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, NeedAt: true); |
2274 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
2275 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
2276 | break; |
2277 | |
2278 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
2279 | AddObjCVisibilityResults(LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, NeedAt: true); |
2280 | break; |
2281 | |
2282 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
2283 | case Sema::PCC_TopLevelOrExpression: |
2284 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: { |
2285 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
2286 | AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results); |
2287 | |
2288 | AddTypedefResult(Results); |
2289 | |
2290 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns() && |
2291 | SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) { |
2292 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "try" ); |
2293 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2294 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
2295 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2296 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
2297 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2298 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
2299 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2300 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "catch" ); |
2301 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2302 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2303 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "declaration" ); |
2304 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2305 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2306 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
2307 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2308 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
2309 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2310 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
2311 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2312 | } |
2313 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
2314 | AddObjCStatementResults(Results, NeedAt: true); |
2315 | |
2316 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
2317 | // if (condition) { statements } |
2318 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "if" ); |
2319 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2320 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2321 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
2322 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "condition" ); |
2323 | else |
2324 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2325 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2326 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2327 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
2328 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2329 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
2330 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2331 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
2332 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2333 | |
2334 | // switch (condition) { } |
2335 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "switch" ); |
2336 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2337 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2338 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
2339 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "condition" ); |
2340 | else |
2341 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2342 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2343 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2344 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
2345 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2346 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "cases" ); |
2347 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2348 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
2349 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2350 | } |
2351 | |
2352 | // Switch-specific statements. |
2353 | if (SemaRef.getCurFunction() && |
2354 | !SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) { |
2355 | // case expression: |
2356 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "case" ); |
2357 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2358 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2359 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
2360 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2361 | |
2362 | // default: |
2363 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "default" ); |
2364 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
2365 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2366 | } |
2367 | |
2368 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
2369 | /// while (condition) { statements } |
2370 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "while" ); |
2371 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2372 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2373 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
2374 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "condition" ); |
2375 | else |
2376 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2377 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2378 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2379 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
2380 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2381 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
2382 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2383 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
2384 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2385 | |
2386 | // do { statements } while ( expression ); |
2387 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "do" ); |
2388 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2389 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
2390 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2391 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
2392 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2393 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
2394 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "while" ); |
2395 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2396 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2397 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2398 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2399 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2400 | |
2401 | // for ( for-init-statement ; condition ; expression ) { statements } |
2402 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "for" ); |
2403 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2404 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2405 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99) |
2406 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "init-statement" ); |
2407 | else |
2408 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "init-expression" ); |
2409 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2410 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2411 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "condition" ); |
2412 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2413 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2414 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "inc-expression" ); |
2415 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2416 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2417 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
2418 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2419 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
2420 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2421 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
2422 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2423 | |
2424 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
2425 | // for ( range_declaration (:|in) range_expression ) { statements } |
2426 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "for" ); |
2427 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2428 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2429 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "range-declaration" ); |
2430 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2431 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
2432 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "in" ); |
2433 | else |
2434 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
2435 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2436 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "range-expression" ); |
2437 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2438 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2439 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
2440 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2441 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
2442 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
2443 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
2444 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2445 | } |
2446 | } |
2447 | |
2448 | if (S->getContinueParent()) { |
2449 | // continue ; |
2450 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "continue" ); |
2451 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2452 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2453 | } |
2454 | |
2455 | if (S->getBreakParent()) { |
2456 | // break ; |
2457 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "break" ); |
2458 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2459 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2460 | } |
2461 | |
2462 | // "return expression ;" or "return ;", depending on the return type. |
2463 | QualType ReturnType; |
2464 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: SemaRef.CurContext)) |
2465 | ReturnType = Function->getReturnType(); |
2466 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: SemaRef.CurContext)) |
2467 | ReturnType = Method->getReturnType(); |
2468 | else if (SemaRef.getCurBlock() && |
2469 | !SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType.isNull()) |
2470 | ReturnType = SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType;; |
2471 | if (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType()) { |
2472 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "return" ); |
2473 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2474 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2475 | } else { |
2476 | assert(!ReturnType.isNull()); |
2477 | // "return expression ;" |
2478 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "return" ); |
2479 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2480 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2481 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2482 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2483 | // When boolean, also add 'return true;' and 'return false;'. |
2484 | if (ReturnType->isBooleanType()) { |
2485 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "return true" ); |
2486 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2487 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2488 | |
2489 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "return false" ); |
2490 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2491 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2492 | } |
2493 | // For pointers, suggest 'return nullptr' in C++. |
2494 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && |
2495 | (ReturnType->isPointerType() || ReturnType->isMemberPointerType())) { |
2496 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "return nullptr" ); |
2497 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2498 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2499 | } |
2500 | } |
2501 | |
2502 | // goto identifier ; |
2503 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "goto" ); |
2504 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2505 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "label" ); |
2506 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2507 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2508 | |
2509 | // Using directives |
2510 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "using namespace" ); |
2511 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2512 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "identifier" ); |
2513 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
2514 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2515 | |
2516 | AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
2517 | } |
2518 | [[fallthrough]]; |
2519 | |
2520 | // Fall through (for statement expressions). |
2521 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
2522 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
2523 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
2524 | // Fall through: conditions and statements can have expressions. |
2525 | [[fallthrough]]; |
2526 | |
2527 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
2528 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && |
2529 | CCC == Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression) { |
2530 | // (__bridge <type>)<expression> |
2531 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "__bridge" ); |
2532 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2533 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
2534 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2535 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2536 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2537 | |
2538 | // (__bridge_transfer <Objective-C type>)<expression> |
2539 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "__bridge_transfer" ); |
2540 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2541 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "Objective-C type" ); |
2542 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2543 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2544 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2545 | |
2546 | // (__bridge_retained <CF type>)<expression> |
2547 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "__bridge_retained" ); |
2548 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2549 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "CF type" ); |
2550 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2551 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2552 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2553 | } |
2554 | // Fall through |
2555 | [[fallthrough]]; |
2556 | |
2557 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: { |
2558 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
2559 | // 'this', if we're in a non-static member function. |
2560 | addThisCompletion(S&: SemaRef, Results); |
2561 | |
2562 | // true |
2563 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "bool" ); |
2564 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "true" ); |
2565 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2566 | |
2567 | // false |
2568 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "bool" ); |
2569 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "false" ); |
2570 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2571 | |
2572 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) { |
2573 | // dynamic_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
2574 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "dynamic_cast" ); |
2575 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
2576 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
2577 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
2578 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2579 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2580 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2581 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2582 | } |
2583 | |
2584 | // static_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
2585 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "static_cast" ); |
2586 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
2587 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
2588 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
2589 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2590 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2591 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2592 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2593 | |
2594 | // reinterpret_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
2595 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "reinterpret_cast" ); |
2596 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
2597 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
2598 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
2599 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2600 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2601 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2602 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2603 | |
2604 | // const_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
2605 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "const_cast" ); |
2606 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
2607 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
2608 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
2609 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2610 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2611 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2612 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2613 | |
2614 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) { |
2615 | // typeid ( expression-or-type ) |
2616 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "std::type_info" ); |
2617 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "typeid" ); |
2618 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2619 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression-or-type" ); |
2620 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2621 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2622 | } |
2623 | |
2624 | // new T ( ... ) |
2625 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "new" ); |
2626 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2627 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
2628 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2629 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expressions" ); |
2630 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2631 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2632 | |
2633 | // new T [ ] ( ... ) |
2634 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "new" ); |
2635 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2636 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
2637 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); |
2638 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "size" ); |
2639 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); |
2640 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2641 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expressions" ); |
2642 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2643 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2644 | |
2645 | // delete expression |
2646 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "void" ); |
2647 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "delete" ); |
2648 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2649 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2650 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2651 | |
2652 | // delete [] expression |
2653 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "void" ); |
2654 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "delete" ); |
2655 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2656 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); |
2657 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); |
2658 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2659 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2660 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2661 | |
2662 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) { |
2663 | // throw expression |
2664 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "void" ); |
2665 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "throw" ); |
2666 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
2667 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2668 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2669 | } |
2670 | |
2671 | // FIXME: Rethrow? |
2672 | |
2673 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
2674 | // nullptr |
2675 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "std::nullptr_t" ); |
2676 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "nullptr" ); |
2677 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2678 | |
2679 | // alignof |
2680 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "size_t" ); |
2681 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "alignof" ); |
2682 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2683 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
2684 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2685 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2686 | |
2687 | // noexcept |
2688 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "bool" ); |
2689 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "noexcept" ); |
2690 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2691 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
2692 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2693 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2694 | |
2695 | // sizeof... expression |
2696 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "size_t" ); |
2697 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "sizeof..." ); |
2698 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2699 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "parameter-pack" ); |
2700 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2701 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2702 | } |
2703 | } |
2704 | |
2705 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
2706 | // Add "super", if we're in an Objective-C class with a superclass. |
2707 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) { |
2708 | // The interface can be NULL. |
2709 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = Method->getClassInterface()) |
2710 | if (ID->getSuperClass()) { |
2711 | std::string SuperType; |
2712 | SuperType = ID->getSuperClass()->getNameAsString(); |
2713 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) |
2714 | SuperType += " *" ; |
2715 | |
2716 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: Allocator.CopyString(String: SuperType)); |
2717 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "super" ); |
2718 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2719 | } |
2720 | } |
2721 | |
2722 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, NeedAt: true); |
2723 | } |
2724 | |
2725 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) { |
2726 | // _Alignof |
2727 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "size_t" ); |
2728 | if (SemaRef.PP.isMacroDefined(Id: "alignof" )) |
2729 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "alignof" ); |
2730 | else |
2731 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "_Alignof" ); |
2732 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2733 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type" ); |
2734 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2735 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2736 | } |
2737 | |
2738 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C23) { |
2739 | // nullptr |
2740 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "nullptr_t" ); |
2741 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "nullptr" ); |
2742 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2743 | } |
2744 | |
2745 | // sizeof expression |
2746 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "size_t" ); |
2747 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "sizeof" ); |
2748 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
2749 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression-or-type" ); |
2750 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
2751 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
2752 | break; |
2753 | } |
2754 | |
2755 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
2756 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
2757 | break; |
2758 | } |
2759 | |
2760 | if (WantTypesInContext(CCC, LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts())) |
2761 | AddTypeSpecifierResults(LangOpts: SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
2762 | |
2763 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CCC != Sema::PCC_Type) |
2764 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("operator" )); |
2765 | } |
2766 | |
2767 | /// If the given declaration has an associated type, add it as a result |
2768 | /// type chunk. |
2769 | static void AddResultTypeChunk(ASTContext &Context, |
2770 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
2771 | const NamedDecl *ND, QualType BaseType, |
2772 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { |
2773 | if (!ND) |
2774 | return; |
2775 | |
2776 | // Skip constructors and conversion functions, which have their return types |
2777 | // built into their names. |
2778 | if (isConstructor(ND) || isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Val: ND)) |
2779 | return; |
2780 | |
2781 | // Determine the type of the declaration (if it has a type). |
2782 | QualType T; |
2783 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction()) |
2784 | T = Function->getReturnType(); |
2785 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
2786 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) |
2787 | T = Method->getSendResultType(receiverType: BaseType); |
2788 | else |
2789 | T = Method->getReturnType(); |
2790 | } else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
2791 | T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Decl: cast<TypeDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext())); |
2792 | T = clang::TypeName::getFullyQualifiedType(QT: T, Ctx: Context); |
2793 | } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
2794 | /* Do nothing: ignore unresolved using declarations*/ |
2795 | } else if (const auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
2796 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) |
2797 | T = Ivar->getUsageType(objectType: BaseType); |
2798 | else |
2799 | T = Ivar->getType(); |
2800 | } else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
2801 | T = Value->getType(); |
2802 | } else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
2803 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) |
2804 | T = Property->getUsageType(objectType: BaseType); |
2805 | else |
2806 | T = Property->getType(); |
2807 | } |
2808 | |
2809 | if (T.isNull() || Context.hasSameType(T, Context.DependentTy)) |
2810 | return; |
2811 | |
2812 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk( |
2813 | ResultType: GetCompletionTypeString(T, Context, Policy, Allocator&: Result.getAllocator())); |
2814 | } |
2815 | |
2816 | static void MaybeAddSentinel(Preprocessor &PP, |
2817 | const NamedDecl *FunctionOrMethod, |
2818 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { |
2819 | if (SentinelAttr *Sentinel = FunctionOrMethod->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) |
2820 | if (Sentinel->getSentinel() == 0) { |
2821 | if (PP.getLangOpts().ObjC && PP.isMacroDefined(Id: "nil" )) |
2822 | Result.AddTextChunk(Text: ", nil" ); |
2823 | else if (PP.isMacroDefined(Id: "NULL" )) |
2824 | Result.AddTextChunk(Text: ", NULL" ); |
2825 | else |
2826 | Result.AddTextChunk(Text: ", (void*)0" ); |
2827 | } |
2828 | } |
2829 | |
2830 | static std::string formatObjCParamQualifiers(unsigned ObjCQuals, |
2831 | QualType &Type) { |
2832 | std::string Result; |
2833 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) |
2834 | Result += "in " ; |
2835 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) |
2836 | Result += "inout " ; |
2837 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) |
2838 | Result += "out " ; |
2839 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) |
2840 | Result += "bycopy " ; |
2841 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) |
2842 | Result += "byref " ; |
2843 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) |
2844 | Result += "oneway " ; |
2845 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) { |
2846 | if (auto nullability = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(T&: Type)) { |
2847 | switch (*nullability) { |
2848 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
2849 | Result += "nonnull " ; |
2850 | break; |
2851 | |
2852 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
2853 | Result += "nullable " ; |
2854 | break; |
2855 | |
2856 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
2857 | Result += "null_unspecified " ; |
2858 | break; |
2859 | |
2860 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: |
2861 | llvm_unreachable("Not supported as a context-sensitive keyword!" ); |
2862 | break; |
2863 | } |
2864 | } |
2865 | } |
2866 | return Result; |
2867 | } |
2868 | |
2869 | /// Tries to find the most appropriate type location for an Objective-C |
2870 | /// block placeholder. |
2871 | /// |
2872 | /// This function ignores things like typedefs and qualifiers in order to |
2873 | /// present the most relevant and accurate block placeholders in code completion |
2874 | /// results. |
2875 | static void findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(const TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
2876 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, |
2877 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, |
2878 | bool SuppressBlock = false) { |
2879 | if (!TSInfo) |
2880 | return; |
2881 | TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); |
2882 | while (true) { |
2883 | // Look through typedefs. |
2884 | if (!SuppressBlock) { |
2885 | if (TypedefTypeLoc TypedefTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<TypedefTypeLoc>()) { |
2886 | if (TypeSourceInfo *InnerTSInfo = |
2887 | TypedefTL.getTypedefNameDecl()->getTypeSourceInfo()) { |
2888 | TL = InnerTSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); |
2889 | continue; |
2890 | } |
2891 | } |
2892 | |
2893 | // Look through qualified types |
2894 | if (QualifiedTypeLoc QualifiedTL = TL.getAs<QualifiedTypeLoc>()) { |
2895 | TL = QualifiedTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); |
2896 | continue; |
2897 | } |
2898 | |
2899 | if (AttributedTypeLoc AttrTL = TL.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) { |
2900 | TL = AttrTL.getModifiedLoc(); |
2901 | continue; |
2902 | } |
2903 | } |
2904 | |
2905 | // Try to get the function prototype behind the block pointer type, |
2906 | // then we're done. |
2907 | if (BlockPointerTypeLoc BlockPtr = TL.getAs<BlockPointerTypeLoc>()) { |
2908 | TL = BlockPtr.getPointeeLoc().IgnoreParens(); |
2909 | Block = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); |
2910 | BlockProto = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(); |
2911 | } |
2912 | break; |
2913 | } |
2914 | } |
2915 | |
2916 | static std::string formatBlockPlaceholder( |
2917 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl, |
2918 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, |
2919 | bool SuppressBlockName = false, bool SuppressBlock = false, |
2920 | std::optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = std::nullopt); |
2921 | |
2922 | static std::string FormatFunctionParameter( |
2923 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const DeclaratorDecl *Param, |
2924 | bool SuppressName = false, bool SuppressBlock = false, |
2925 | std::optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = std::nullopt) { |
2926 | // Params are unavailable in FunctionTypeLoc if the FunctionType is invalid. |
2927 | // It would be better to pass in the param Type, which is usually available. |
2928 | // But this case is rare, so just pretend we fell back to int as elsewhere. |
2929 | if (!Param) |
2930 | return "int" ; |
2931 | Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier ObjCQual = Decl::OBJC_TQ_None; |
2932 | if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(Val: Param)) |
2933 | ObjCQual = PVD->getObjCDeclQualifier(); |
2934 | bool ObjCMethodParam = isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()); |
2935 | if (Param->getType()->isDependentType() || |
2936 | !Param->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { |
2937 | // The argument for a dependent or non-block parameter is a placeholder |
2938 | // containing that parameter's type. |
2939 | std::string Result; |
2940 | |
2941 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && !ObjCMethodParam && !SuppressName) |
2942 | Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName()); |
2943 | |
2944 | QualType Type = Param->getType(); |
2945 | if (ObjCSubsts) |
2946 | Type = Type.substObjCTypeArgs(ctx&: Param->getASTContext(), typeArgs: *ObjCSubsts, |
2947 | context: ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); |
2948 | if (ObjCMethodParam) { |
2949 | Result = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCQuals: ObjCQual, Type); |
2950 | Result += Type.getAsString(Policy) + ")" ; |
2951 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && !SuppressName) |
2952 | Result += Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName(); |
2953 | } else { |
2954 | Type.getAsStringInternal(Str&: Result, Policy); |
2955 | } |
2956 | return Result; |
2957 | } |
2958 | |
2959 | // The argument for a block pointer parameter is a block literal with |
2960 | // the appropriate type. |
2961 | FunctionTypeLoc Block; |
2962 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProto; |
2963 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(TSInfo: Param->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto, |
2964 | SuppressBlock); |
2965 | // Try to retrieve the block type information from the property if this is a |
2966 | // parameter in a setter. |
2967 | if (!Block && ObjCMethodParam && |
2968 | cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())->isPropertyAccessor()) { |
2969 | if (const auto *PD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()) |
2970 | ->findPropertyDecl(/*CheckOverrides=*/false)) |
2971 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(PD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto, |
2972 | SuppressBlock); |
2973 | } |
2974 | |
2975 | if (!Block) { |
2976 | // We were unable to find a FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names |
2977 | // for the block; just use the parameter type as a placeholder. |
2978 | std::string Result; |
2979 | if (!ObjCMethodParam && Param->getIdentifier()) |
2980 | Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName()); |
2981 | |
2982 | QualType Type = Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
2983 | |
2984 | if (ObjCMethodParam) { |
2985 | Result = Type.getAsString(Policy); |
2986 | std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCQuals: ObjCQual, Type); |
2987 | if (!Quals.empty()) |
2988 | Result = "(" + Quals + " " + Result + ")" ; |
2989 | if (Result.back() != ')') |
2990 | Result += " " ; |
2991 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) |
2992 | Result += Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName(); |
2993 | } else { |
2994 | Type.getAsStringInternal(Str&: Result, Policy); |
2995 | } |
2996 | |
2997 | return Result; |
2998 | } |
2999 | |
3000 | // We have the function prototype behind the block pointer type, as it was |
3001 | // written in the source. |
3002 | return formatBlockPlaceholder(Policy, Param, Block, BlockProto, |
3003 | /*SuppressBlockName=*/false, SuppressBlock, |
3004 | ObjCSubsts); |
3005 | } |
3006 | |
3007 | /// Returns a placeholder string that corresponds to an Objective-C block |
3008 | /// declaration. |
3009 | /// |
3010 | /// \param BlockDecl A declaration with an Objective-C block type. |
3011 | /// |
3012 | /// \param Block The most relevant type location for that block type. |
3013 | /// |
3014 | /// \param SuppressBlockName Determines whether or not the name of the block |
3015 | /// declaration is included in the resulting string. |
3016 | static std::string |
3017 | formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl, |
3018 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, |
3019 | bool SuppressBlockName, bool SuppressBlock, |
3020 | std::optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts) { |
3021 | std::string Result; |
3022 | QualType ResultType = Block.getTypePtr()->getReturnType(); |
3023 | if (ObjCSubsts) |
3024 | ResultType = |
3025 | ResultType.substObjCTypeArgs(ctx&: BlockDecl->getASTContext(), typeArgs: *ObjCSubsts, |
3026 | context: ObjCSubstitutionContext::Result); |
3027 | if (!ResultType->isVoidType() || SuppressBlock) |
3028 | ResultType.getAsStringInternal(Str&: Result, Policy); |
3029 | |
3030 | // Format the parameter list. |
3031 | std::string Params; |
3032 | if (!BlockProto || Block.getNumParams() == 0) { |
3033 | if (BlockProto && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) |
3034 | Params = "(...)" ; |
3035 | else |
3036 | Params = "(void)" ; |
3037 | } else { |
3038 | Params += "(" ; |
3039 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Block.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { |
3040 | if (I) |
3041 | Params += ", " ; |
3042 | Params += FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Block.getParam(i: I), |
3043 | /*SuppressName=*/false, |
3044 | /*SuppressBlock=*/true, ObjCSubsts); |
3045 | |
3046 | if (I == N - 1 && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) |
3047 | Params += ", ..." ; |
3048 | } |
3049 | Params += ")" ; |
3050 | } |
3051 | |
3052 | if (SuppressBlock) { |
3053 | // Format as a parameter. |
3054 | Result = Result + " (^" ; |
3055 | if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier()) |
3056 | Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
3057 | Result += ")" ; |
3058 | Result += Params; |
3059 | } else { |
3060 | // Format as a block literal argument. |
3061 | Result = '^' + Result; |
3062 | Result += Params; |
3063 | |
3064 | if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier()) |
3065 | Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
3066 | } |
3067 | |
3068 | return Result; |
3069 | } |
3070 | |
3071 | static std::string GetDefaultValueString(const ParmVarDecl *Param, |
3072 | const SourceManager &SM, |
3073 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
3074 | const SourceRange SrcRange = Param->getDefaultArgRange(); |
3075 | CharSourceRange CharSrcRange = CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(R: SrcRange); |
3076 | bool Invalid = CharSrcRange.isInvalid(); |
3077 | if (Invalid) |
3078 | return "" ; |
3079 | StringRef srcText = |
3080 | Lexer::getSourceText(Range: CharSrcRange, SM, LangOpts, Invalid: &Invalid); |
3081 | if (Invalid) |
3082 | return "" ; |
3083 | |
3084 | if (srcText.empty() || srcText == "=" ) { |
3085 | // Lexer can't determine the value. |
3086 | // This happens if the code is incorrect (for example class is forward |
3087 | // declared). |
3088 | return "" ; |
3089 | } |
3090 | std::string DefValue(srcText.str()); |
3091 | // FIXME: remove this check if the Lexer::getSourceText value is fixed and |
3092 | // this value always has (or always does not have) '=' in front of it |
3093 | if (DefValue.at(n: 0) != '=') { |
3094 | // If we don't have '=' in front of value. |
3095 | // Lexer returns built-in types values without '=' and user-defined types |
3096 | // values with it. |
3097 | return " = " + DefValue; |
3098 | } |
3099 | return " " + DefValue; |
3100 | } |
3101 | |
3102 | /// Add function parameter chunks to the given code completion string. |
3103 | static void AddFunctionParameterChunks(Preprocessor &PP, |
3104 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
3105 | const FunctionDecl *Function, |
3106 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
3107 | unsigned Start = 0, |
3108 | bool InOptional = false) { |
3109 | bool FirstParameter = true; |
3110 | |
3111 | for (unsigned P = Start, N = Function->getNumParams(); P != N; ++P) { |
3112 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(i: P); |
3113 | |
3114 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) { |
3115 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and |
3116 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. |
3117 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
3118 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
3119 | if (!FirstParameter) |
3120 | Opt.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
3121 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result&: Opt, Start: P, InOptional: true); |
3122 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Optional: Opt.TakeString()); |
3123 | break; |
3124 | } |
3125 | |
3126 | if (FirstParameter) |
3127 | FirstParameter = false; |
3128 | else |
3129 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
3130 | |
3131 | InOptional = false; |
3132 | |
3133 | // Format the placeholder string. |
3134 | std::string PlaceholderStr = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param); |
3135 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) |
3136 | PlaceholderStr += |
3137 | GetDefaultValueString(Param, SM: PP.getSourceManager(), LangOpts: PP.getLangOpts()); |
3138 | |
3139 | if (Function->isVariadic() && P == N - 1) |
3140 | PlaceholderStr += ", ..." ; |
3141 | |
3142 | // Add the placeholder string. |
3143 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
3144 | Placeholder: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: PlaceholderStr)); |
3145 | } |
3146 | |
3147 | if (const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
3148 | if (Proto->isVariadic()) { |
3149 | if (Proto->getNumParams() == 0) |
3150 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "..." ); |
3151 | |
3152 | MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Function, Result); |
3153 | } |
3154 | } |
3155 | |
3156 | /// Add template parameter chunks to the given code completion string. |
3157 | static void AddTemplateParameterChunks( |
3158 | ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
3159 | const TemplateDecl *Template, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
3160 | unsigned MaxParameters = 0, unsigned Start = 0, bool InDefaultArg = false) { |
3161 | bool FirstParameter = true; |
3162 | |
3163 | // Prefer to take the template parameter names from the first declaration of |
3164 | // the template. |
3165 | Template = cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()); |
3166 | |
3167 | TemplateParameterList *Params = Template->getTemplateParameters(); |
3168 | TemplateParameterList::iterator PEnd = Params->end(); |
3169 | if (MaxParameters) |
3170 | PEnd = Params->begin() + MaxParameters; |
3171 | for (TemplateParameterList::iterator P = Params->begin() + Start; P != PEnd; |
3172 | ++P) { |
3173 | bool HasDefaultArg = false; |
3174 | std::string PlaceholderStr; |
3175 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Val: *P)) { |
3176 | if (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename()) |
3177 | PlaceholderStr = "typename" ; |
3178 | else if (const auto *TC = TTP->getTypeConstraint()) { |
3179 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PlaceholderStr); |
3180 | TC->print(OS, Policy); |
3181 | OS.flush(); |
3182 | } else |
3183 | PlaceholderStr = "class" ; |
3184 | |
3185 | if (TTP->getIdentifier()) { |
3186 | PlaceholderStr += ' '; |
3187 | PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName(); |
3188 | } |
3189 | |
3190 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
3191 | } else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = |
3192 | dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Val: *P)) { |
3193 | if (NTTP->getIdentifier()) |
3194 | PlaceholderStr = std::string(NTTP->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName()); |
3195 | NTTP->getType().getAsStringInternal(PlaceholderStr, Policy); |
3196 | HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
3197 | } else { |
3198 | assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)); |
3199 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Val: *P); |
3200 | |
3201 | // Since putting the template argument list into the placeholder would |
3202 | // be very, very long, we just use an abbreviation. |
3203 | PlaceholderStr = "template<...> class" ; |
3204 | if (TTP->getIdentifier()) { |
3205 | PlaceholderStr += ' '; |
3206 | PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName(); |
3207 | } |
3208 | |
3209 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
3210 | } |
3211 | |
3212 | if (HasDefaultArg && !InDefaultArg) { |
3213 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and |
3214 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. |
3215 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
3216 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
3217 | if (!FirstParameter) |
3218 | Opt.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
3219 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Result&: Opt, MaxParameters, |
3220 | Start: P - Params->begin(), InDefaultArg: true); |
3221 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Optional: Opt.TakeString()); |
3222 | break; |
3223 | } |
3224 | |
3225 | InDefaultArg = false; |
3226 | |
3227 | if (FirstParameter) |
3228 | FirstParameter = false; |
3229 | else |
3230 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
3231 | |
3232 | // Add the placeholder string. |
3233 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
3234 | Placeholder: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: PlaceholderStr)); |
3235 | } |
3236 | } |
3237 | |
3238 | /// Add a qualifier to the given code-completion string, if the |
3239 | /// provided nested-name-specifier is non-NULL. |
3240 | static void AddQualifierToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
3241 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
3242 | bool QualifierIsInformative, |
3243 | ASTContext &Context, |
3244 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
3245 | if (!Qualifier) |
3246 | return; |
3247 | |
3248 | std::string PrintedNNS; |
3249 | { |
3250 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PrintedNNS); |
3251 | Qualifier->print(OS, Policy); |
3252 | } |
3253 | if (QualifierIsInformative) |
3254 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: PrintedNNS)); |
3255 | else |
3256 | Result.AddTextChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: PrintedNNS)); |
3257 | } |
3258 | |
3259 | static void |
3260 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
3261 | const FunctionDecl *Function) { |
3262 | const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
3263 | if (!Proto || !Proto->getMethodQuals()) |
3264 | return; |
3265 | |
3266 | // FIXME: Add ref-qualifier! |
3267 | |
3268 | // Handle single qualifiers without copying |
3269 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyConst()) { |
3270 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Text: " const" ); |
3271 | return; |
3272 | } |
3273 | |
3274 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyVolatile()) { |
3275 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Text: " volatile" ); |
3276 | return; |
3277 | } |
3278 | |
3279 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyRestrict()) { |
3280 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Text: " restrict" ); |
3281 | return; |
3282 | } |
3283 | |
3284 | // Handle multiple qualifiers. |
3285 | std::string QualsStr; |
3286 | if (Proto->isConst()) |
3287 | QualsStr += " const" ; |
3288 | if (Proto->isVolatile()) |
3289 | QualsStr += " volatile" ; |
3290 | if (Proto->isRestrict()) |
3291 | QualsStr += " restrict" ; |
3292 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: QualsStr)); |
3293 | } |
3294 | |
3295 | /// Add the name of the given declaration |
3296 | static void AddTypedNameChunk(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
3297 | const NamedDecl *ND, |
3298 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { |
3299 | DeclarationName Name = ND->getDeclName(); |
3300 | if (!Name) |
3301 | return; |
3302 | |
3303 | switch (Name.getNameKind()) { |
3304 | case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName: { |
3305 | const char *OperatorName = nullptr; |
3306 | switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) { |
3307 | case OO_None: |
3308 | case OO_Conditional: |
3309 | case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS: |
3310 | OperatorName = "operator" ; |
3311 | break; |
3312 | |
3313 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ |
3314 | case OO_##Name: \ |
3315 | OperatorName = "operator" Spelling; \ |
3316 | break; |
3317 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Name, Spelling, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) |
3318 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" |
3319 | |
3320 | case OO_New: |
3321 | OperatorName = "operator new" ; |
3322 | break; |
3323 | case OO_Delete: |
3324 | OperatorName = "operator delete" ; |
3325 | break; |
3326 | case OO_Array_New: |
3327 | OperatorName = "operator new[]" ; |
3328 | break; |
3329 | case OO_Array_Delete: |
3330 | OperatorName = "operator delete[]" ; |
3331 | break; |
3332 | case OO_Call: |
3333 | OperatorName = "operator()" ; |
3334 | break; |
3335 | case OO_Subscript: |
3336 | OperatorName = "operator[]" ; |
3337 | break; |
3338 | } |
3339 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: OperatorName); |
3340 | break; |
3341 | } |
3342 | |
3343 | case DeclarationName::Identifier: |
3344 | case DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName: |
3345 | case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName: |
3346 | case DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName: |
3347 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
3348 | Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: ND->getNameAsString())); |
3349 | break; |
3350 | |
3351 | case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName: |
3352 | case DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective: |
3353 | case DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector: |
3354 | case DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector: |
3355 | case DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector: |
3356 | break; |
3357 | |
3358 | case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName: { |
3359 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; |
3360 | QualType Ty = Name.getCXXNameType(); |
3361 | if (const auto *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) |
3362 | Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: RecordTy->getDecl()); |
3363 | else if (const auto *InjectedTy = Ty->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>()) |
3364 | Record = InjectedTy->getDecl(); |
3365 | else { |
3366 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
3367 | Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: ND->getNameAsString())); |
3368 | break; |
3369 | } |
3370 | |
3371 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
3372 | Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Record->getNameAsString())); |
3373 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) { |
3374 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
3375 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Result); |
3376 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
3377 | } |
3378 | break; |
3379 | } |
3380 | } |
3381 | } |
3382 | |
3383 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString( |
3384 | Sema &S, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
3385 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
3386 | bool ) { |
3387 | return CreateCodeCompletionString(Ctx&: S.Context, PP&: S.PP, CCContext, Allocator, |
3388 | CCTUInfo, IncludeBriefComments); |
3389 | } |
3390 | |
3391 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro( |
3392 | Preprocessor &PP, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
3393 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo) { |
3394 | assert(Kind == RK_Macro); |
3395 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability); |
3396 | const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(II: Macro); |
3397 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Macro->getName())); |
3398 | |
3399 | if (!MI || !MI->isFunctionLike()) |
3400 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3401 | |
3402 | // Format a function-like macro with placeholders for the arguments. |
3403 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
3404 | MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(), AEnd = MI->param_end(); |
3405 | |
3406 | // C99 variadic macros add __VA_ARGS__ at the end. Skip it. |
3407 | if (MI->isC99Varargs()) { |
3408 | --AEnd; |
3409 | |
3410 | if (A == AEnd) { |
3411 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "..." ); |
3412 | } |
3413 | } |
3414 | |
3415 | for (MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(); A != AEnd; ++A) { |
3416 | if (A != MI->param_begin()) |
3417 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
3418 | |
3419 | if (MI->isVariadic() && (A + 1) == AEnd) { |
3420 | SmallString<32> Arg = (*A)->getName(); |
3421 | if (MI->isC99Varargs()) |
3422 | Arg += ", ..." ; |
3423 | else |
3424 | Arg += "..." ; |
3425 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Arg)); |
3426 | break; |
3427 | } |
3428 | |
3429 | // Non-variadic macros are simple. |
3430 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
3431 | Placeholder: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: (*A)->getName())); |
3432 | } |
3433 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
3434 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3435 | } |
3436 | |
3437 | /// If possible, create a new code completion string for the given |
3438 | /// result. |
3439 | /// |
3440 | /// \returns Either a new, heap-allocated code completion string describing |
3441 | /// how to use this result, or NULL to indicate that the string or name of the |
3442 | /// result is all that is needed. |
3443 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString( |
3444 | ASTContext &Ctx, Preprocessor &PP, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
3445 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
3446 | bool ) { |
3447 | if (Kind == RK_Macro) |
3448 | return CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(PP, Allocator, CCTUInfo); |
3449 | |
3450 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability); |
3451 | |
3452 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Context: Ctx, PP); |
3453 | if (Kind == RK_Pattern) { |
3454 | Pattern->Priority = Priority; |
3455 | Pattern->Availability = Availability; |
3456 | |
3457 | if (Declaration) { |
3458 | Result.addParentContext(DC: Declaration->getDeclContext()); |
3459 | Pattern->ParentName = Result.getParentName(); |
3460 | if (const RawComment *RC = |
3461 | getPatternCompletionComment(Ctx, Decl: Declaration)) { |
3462 | Result.addBriefComment(Comment: RC->getBriefText(Context: Ctx)); |
3463 | Pattern->BriefComment = Result.getBriefComment(); |
3464 | } |
3465 | } |
3466 | |
3467 | return Pattern; |
3468 | } |
3469 | |
3470 | if (Kind == RK_Keyword) { |
3471 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Keyword); |
3472 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3473 | } |
3474 | assert(Kind == RK_Declaration && "Missed a result kind?" ); |
3475 | return createCodeCompletionStringForDecl( |
3476 | PP, Ctx, Result, IncludeBriefComments, CCContext, Policy); |
3477 | } |
3478 | |
3479 | static void printOverrideString(const CodeCompletionString &CCS, |
3480 | std::string &BeforeName, |
3481 | std::string &NameAndSignature) { |
3482 | bool SeenTypedChunk = false; |
3483 | for (auto &Chunk : CCS) { |
3484 | if (Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_Optional) { |
3485 | assert(SeenTypedChunk && "optional parameter before name" ); |
3486 | // Note that we put all chunks inside into NameAndSignature. |
3487 | printOverrideString(CCS: *Chunk.Optional, BeforeName&: NameAndSignature, NameAndSignature); |
3488 | continue; |
3489 | } |
3490 | SeenTypedChunk |= Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_TypedText; |
3491 | if (SeenTypedChunk) |
3492 | NameAndSignature += Chunk.Text; |
3493 | else |
3494 | BeforeName += Chunk.Text; |
3495 | } |
3496 | } |
3497 | |
3498 | CodeCompletionString * |
3499 | CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForOverride( |
3500 | Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
3501 | bool , const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
3502 | PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
3503 | auto *CCS = createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(PP, Ctx, Result, |
3504 | /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, |
3505 | CCContext, Policy); |
3506 | std::string BeforeName; |
3507 | std::string NameAndSignature; |
3508 | // For overrides all chunks go into the result, none are informative. |
3509 | printOverrideString(CCS: *CCS, BeforeName, NameAndSignature); |
3510 | NameAndSignature += " override" ; |
3511 | |
3512 | Result.AddTextChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: BeforeName)); |
3513 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
3514 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: NameAndSignature)); |
3515 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3516 | } |
3517 | |
3518 | // FIXME: Right now this works well with lambdas. Add support for other functor |
3519 | // types like std::function. |
3520 | static const NamedDecl *(const NamedDecl *ND) { |
3521 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: ND); |
3522 | if (!VD) |
3523 | return nullptr; |
3524 | const auto *RecordDecl = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
3525 | if (!RecordDecl || !RecordDecl->isLambda()) |
3526 | return nullptr; |
3527 | return RecordDecl->getLambdaCallOperator(); |
3528 | } |
3529 | |
3530 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForDecl( |
3531 | Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
3532 | bool , const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
3533 | PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
3534 | const NamedDecl *ND = Declaration; |
3535 | Result.addParentContext(DC: ND->getDeclContext()); |
3536 | |
3537 | if (IncludeBriefComments) { |
3538 | // Add documentation comment, if it exists. |
3539 | if (const RawComment *RC = getCompletionComment(Ctx, Decl: Declaration)) { |
3540 | Result.addBriefComment(Comment: RC->getBriefText(Context: Ctx)); |
3541 | } |
3542 | } |
3543 | |
3544 | if (StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
3545 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
3546 | Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: ND->getNameAsString())); |
3547 | Result.AddTextChunk(Text: "::" ); |
3548 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3549 | } |
3550 | |
3551 | for (const auto *I : ND->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>()) |
3552 | Result.AddAnnotation(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(I->getAnnotation())); |
3553 | |
3554 | auto AddFunctionTypeAndResult = [&](const FunctionDecl *Function) { |
3555 | AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result); |
3556 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
3557 | Context&: Ctx, Policy); |
3558 | AddTypedNameChunk(Context&: Ctx, Policy, ND, Result); |
3559 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
3560 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result); |
3561 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
3562 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function); |
3563 | }; |
3564 | |
3565 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
3566 | AddFunctionTypeAndResult(Function); |
3567 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3568 | } |
3569 | |
3570 | if (const auto *CallOperator = |
3571 | dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Val: extractFunctorCallOperator(ND))) { |
3572 | AddFunctionTypeAndResult(CallOperator); |
3573 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3574 | } |
3575 | |
3576 | AddResultTypeChunk(Context&: Ctx, Policy, ND, BaseType: CCContext.getBaseType(), Result); |
3577 | |
3578 | if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = |
3579 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
3580 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
3581 | Context&: Ctx, Policy); |
3582 | FunctionDecl *Function = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
3583 | AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, Result); |
3584 | |
3585 | // Figure out which template parameters are deduced (or have default |
3586 | // arguments). |
3587 | // Note that we're creating a non-empty bit vector so that we can go |
3588 | // through the loop below to omit default template parameters for non-call |
3589 | // cases. |
3590 | llvm::SmallBitVector Deduced(FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters()->size()); |
3591 | // Avoid running it if this is not a call: We should emit *all* template |
3592 | // parameters. |
3593 | if (FunctionCanBeCall) |
3594 | Sema::MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Ctx, FunctionTemplate: FunTmpl, Deduced); |
3595 | unsigned LastDeducibleArgument; |
3596 | for (LastDeducibleArgument = Deduced.size(); LastDeducibleArgument > 0; |
3597 | --LastDeducibleArgument) { |
3598 | if (!Deduced[LastDeducibleArgument - 1]) { |
3599 | // C++0x: Figure out if the template argument has a default. If so, |
3600 | // the user doesn't need to type this argument. |
3601 | // FIXME: We need to abstract template parameters better! |
3602 | bool HasDefaultArg = false; |
3603 | NamedDecl *Param = FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters()->getParam( |
3604 | LastDeducibleArgument - 1); |
3605 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Val: Param)) |
3606 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
3607 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = |
3608 | dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Val: Param)) |
3609 | HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
3610 | else { |
3611 | assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)); |
3612 | HasDefaultArg = |
3613 | cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Val: Param)->hasDefaultArgument(); |
3614 | } |
3615 | |
3616 | if (!HasDefaultArg) |
3617 | break; |
3618 | } |
3619 | } |
3620 | |
3621 | if (LastDeducibleArgument || !FunctionCanBeCall) { |
3622 | // Some of the function template arguments cannot be deduced from a |
3623 | // function call, so we introduce an explicit template argument list |
3624 | // containing all of the arguments up to the first deducible argument. |
3625 | // |
3626 | // Or, if this isn't a call, emit all the template arguments |
3627 | // to disambiguate the (potential) overloads. |
3628 | // |
3629 | // FIXME: Detect cases where the function parameters can be deduced from |
3630 | // the surrounding context, as per [temp.deduct.funcaddr]. |
3631 | // e.g., |
3632 | // template <class T> void foo(T); |
3633 | // void (*f)(int) = foo; |
3634 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
3635 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, FunTmpl, Result, |
3636 | LastDeducibleArgument); |
3637 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
3638 | } |
3639 | |
3640 | // Add the function parameters |
3641 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
3642 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result); |
3643 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
3644 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function); |
3645 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3646 | } |
3647 | |
3648 | if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
3649 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
3650 | Context&: Ctx, Policy); |
3651 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
3652 | Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Template->getNameAsString())); |
3653 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
3654 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context&: Ctx, Policy, Template, Result); |
3655 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
3656 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3657 | } |
3658 | |
3659 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
3660 | Selector Sel = Method->getSelector(); |
3661 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { |
3662 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
3663 | Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: 0))); |
3664 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3665 | } |
3666 | |
3667 | std::string SelName = Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: 0).str(); |
3668 | SelName += ':'; |
3669 | if (StartParameter == 0) |
3670 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: SelName)); |
3671 | else { |
3672 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: SelName)); |
3673 | |
3674 | // If there is only one parameter, and we're past it, add an empty |
3675 | // typed-text chunk since there is nothing to type. |
3676 | if (Method->param_size() == 1) |
3677 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "" ); |
3678 | } |
3679 | unsigned Idx = 0; |
3680 | // The extra Idx < Sel.getNumArgs() check is needed due to legacy C-style |
3681 | // method parameters. |
3682 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Method->param_begin(), |
3683 | PEnd = Method->param_end(); |
3684 | P != PEnd && Idx < Sel.getNumArgs(); (void)++P, ++Idx) { |
3685 | if (Idx > 0) { |
3686 | std::string Keyword; |
3687 | if (Idx > StartParameter) |
3688 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
3689 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(argIndex: Idx)) |
3690 | Keyword += II->getName(); |
3691 | Keyword += ":" ; |
3692 | if (Idx < StartParameter || AllParametersAreInformative) |
3693 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Keyword)); |
3694 | else |
3695 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Keyword)); |
3696 | } |
3697 | |
3698 | // If we're before the starting parameter, skip the placeholder. |
3699 | if (Idx < StartParameter) |
3700 | continue; |
3701 | |
3702 | std::string Arg; |
3703 | QualType ParamType = (*P)->getType(); |
3704 | std::optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts; |
3705 | if (!CCContext.getBaseType().isNull()) |
3706 | ObjCSubsts = CCContext.getBaseType()->getObjCSubstitutions(Method); |
3707 | |
3708 | if (ParamType->isBlockPointerType() && !DeclaringEntity) |
3709 | Arg = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, *P, true, |
3710 | /*SuppressBlock=*/false, ObjCSubsts); |
3711 | else { |
3712 | if (ObjCSubsts) |
3713 | ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs( |
3714 | ctx&: Ctx, typeArgs: *ObjCSubsts, context: ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); |
3715 | Arg = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCQuals: (*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(), |
3716 | Type&: ParamType); |
3717 | Arg += ParamType.getAsString(Policy) + ")" ; |
3718 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = (*P)->getIdentifier()) |
3719 | if (DeclaringEntity || AllParametersAreInformative) |
3720 | Arg += II->getName(); |
3721 | } |
3722 | |
3723 | if (Method->isVariadic() && (P + 1) == PEnd) |
3724 | Arg += ", ..." ; |
3725 | |
3726 | if (DeclaringEntity) |
3727 | Result.AddTextChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Arg)); |
3728 | else if (AllParametersAreInformative) |
3729 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Arg)); |
3730 | else |
3731 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Arg)); |
3732 | } |
3733 | |
3734 | if (Method->isVariadic()) { |
3735 | if (Method->param_size() == 0) { |
3736 | if (DeclaringEntity) |
3737 | Result.AddTextChunk(Text: ", ..." ); |
3738 | else if (AllParametersAreInformative) |
3739 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Text: ", ..." ); |
3740 | else |
3741 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: ", ..." ); |
3742 | } |
3743 | |
3744 | MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Method, Result); |
3745 | } |
3746 | |
3747 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3748 | } |
3749 | |
3750 | if (Qualifier) |
3751 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
3752 | Context&: Ctx, Policy); |
3753 | |
3754 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
3755 | Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: ND->getNameAsString())); |
3756 | return Result.TakeString(); |
3757 | } |
3758 | |
3759 | const RawComment *clang::(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
3760 | const NamedDecl *ND) { |
3761 | if (!ND) |
3762 | return nullptr; |
3763 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(ND)) |
3764 | return RC; |
3765 | |
3766 | // Try to find comment from a property for ObjC methods. |
3767 | const auto *M = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: ND); |
3768 | if (!M) |
3769 | return nullptr; |
3770 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl(); |
3771 | if (!PDecl) |
3772 | return nullptr; |
3773 | |
3774 | return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl); |
3775 | } |
3776 | |
3777 | const RawComment *clang::(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
3778 | const NamedDecl *ND) { |
3779 | const auto *M = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: ND); |
3780 | if (!M || !M->isPropertyAccessor()) |
3781 | return nullptr; |
3782 | |
3783 | // Provide code completion comment for self.GetterName where |
3784 | // GetterName is the getter method for a property with name |
3785 | // different from the property name (declared via a property |
3786 | // getter attribute. |
3787 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl(); |
3788 | if (!PDecl) |
3789 | return nullptr; |
3790 | if (PDecl->getGetterName() == M->getSelector() && |
3791 | PDecl->getIdentifier() != M->getIdentifier()) { |
3792 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(M)) |
3793 | return RC; |
3794 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl)) |
3795 | return RC; |
3796 | } |
3797 | return nullptr; |
3798 | } |
3799 | |
3800 | const RawComment *clang::getParameterComment( |
3801 | const ASTContext &Ctx, |
3802 | const CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate &Result, unsigned ArgIndex) { |
3803 | auto FDecl = Result.getFunction(); |
3804 | if (!FDecl) |
3805 | return nullptr; |
3806 | if (ArgIndex < FDecl->getNumParams()) |
3807 | return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(FDecl->getParamDecl(i: ArgIndex)); |
3808 | return nullptr; |
3809 | } |
3810 | |
3811 | static void AddOverloadAggregateChunks(const RecordDecl *RD, |
3812 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
3813 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
3814 | unsigned CurrentArg) { |
3815 | unsigned ChunkIndex = 0; |
3816 | auto AddChunk = [&](llvm::StringRef Placeholder) { |
3817 | if (ChunkIndex > 0) |
3818 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
3819 | const char *Copy = Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Placeholder); |
3820 | if (ChunkIndex == CurrentArg) |
3821 | Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk(CurrentParameter: Copy); |
3822 | else |
3823 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: Copy); |
3824 | ++ChunkIndex; |
3825 | }; |
3826 | // Aggregate initialization has all bases followed by all fields. |
3827 | // (Bases are not legal in C++11 but in that case we never get here). |
3828 | if (auto *CRD = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: RD)) { |
3829 | for (const auto &Base : CRD->bases()) |
3830 | AddChunk(Base.getType().getAsString(Policy)); |
3831 | } |
3832 | for (const auto &Field : RD->fields()) |
3833 | AddChunk(FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Field)); |
3834 | } |
3835 | |
3836 | /// Add function overload parameter chunks to the given code completion |
3837 | /// string. |
3838 | static void AddOverloadParameterChunks( |
3839 | ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
3840 | const FunctionDecl *Function, const FunctionProtoType *Prototype, |
3841 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc PrototypeLoc, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
3842 | unsigned CurrentArg, unsigned Start = 0, bool InOptional = false) { |
3843 | if (!Function && !Prototype) { |
3844 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter, Text: "..." ); |
3845 | return; |
3846 | } |
3847 | |
3848 | bool FirstParameter = true; |
3849 | unsigned NumParams = |
3850 | Function ? Function->getNumParams() : Prototype->getNumParams(); |
3851 | |
3852 | for (unsigned P = Start; P != NumParams; ++P) { |
3853 | if (Function && Function->getParamDecl(i: P)->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) { |
3854 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and |
3855 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. |
3856 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
3857 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
3858 | if (!FirstParameter) |
3859 | Opt.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
3860 | // Optional sections are nested. |
3861 | AddOverloadParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Function, Prototype, |
3862 | PrototypeLoc, Result&: Opt, CurrentArg, Start: P, |
3863 | /*InOptional=*/true); |
3864 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Optional: Opt.TakeString()); |
3865 | return; |
3866 | } |
3867 | |
3868 | if (FirstParameter) |
3869 | FirstParameter = false; |
3870 | else |
3871 | Result.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
3872 | |
3873 | InOptional = false; |
3874 | |
3875 | // Format the placeholder string. |
3876 | std::string Placeholder; |
3877 | assert(P < Prototype->getNumParams()); |
3878 | if (Function || PrototypeLoc) { |
3879 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = |
3880 | Function ? Function->getParamDecl(i: P) : PrototypeLoc.getParam(P); |
3881 | Placeholder = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param); |
3882 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) |
3883 | Placeholder += GetDefaultValueString(Param, SM: Context.getSourceManager(), |
3884 | LangOpts: Context.getLangOpts()); |
3885 | } else { |
3886 | Placeholder = Prototype->getParamType(i: P).getAsString(Policy); |
3887 | } |
3888 | |
3889 | if (P == CurrentArg) |
3890 | Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk( |
3891 | CurrentParameter: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Placeholder)); |
3892 | else |
3893 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Placeholder)); |
3894 | } |
3895 | |
3896 | if (Prototype && Prototype->isVariadic()) { |
3897 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
3898 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
3899 | if (!FirstParameter) |
3900 | Opt.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
3901 | |
3902 | if (CurrentArg < NumParams) |
3903 | Opt.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "..." ); |
3904 | else |
3905 | Opt.AddCurrentParameterChunk(CurrentParameter: "..." ); |
3906 | |
3907 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Optional: Opt.TakeString()); |
3908 | } |
3909 | } |
3910 | |
3911 | static std::string |
3912 | formatTemplateParameterPlaceholder(const NamedDecl *Param, bool &Optional, |
3913 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
3914 | if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Val: Param)) { |
3915 | Optional = Type->hasDefaultArgument(); |
3916 | } else if (const auto *NonType = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Val: Param)) { |
3917 | Optional = NonType->hasDefaultArgument(); |
3918 | } else if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Val: Param)) { |
3919 | Optional = Template->hasDefaultArgument(); |
3920 | } |
3921 | std::string Result; |
3922 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Result); |
3923 | Param->print(OS, Policy); |
3924 | return Result; |
3925 | } |
3926 | |
3927 | static std::string templateResultType(const TemplateDecl *TD, |
3928 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
3929 | if (const auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Val: TD)) |
3930 | return CTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getKindName().str(); |
3931 | if (const auto *VTD = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Val: TD)) |
3932 | return VTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getType().getAsString(Policy); |
3933 | if (const auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: TD)) |
3934 | return FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy); |
3935 | if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Val: TD)) |
3936 | return "type" ; |
3937 | if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Val: TD)) |
3938 | return "class" ; |
3939 | if (isa<ConceptDecl>(Val: TD)) |
3940 | return "concept" ; |
3941 | return "" ; |
3942 | } |
3943 | |
3944 | static CodeCompletionString *createTemplateSignatureString( |
3945 | const TemplateDecl *TD, CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, unsigned CurrentArg, |
3946 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
3947 | llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params = TD->getTemplateParameters()->asArray(); |
3948 | CodeCompletionBuilder OptionalBuilder(Builder.getAllocator(), |
3949 | Builder.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
3950 | std::string ResultType = templateResultType(TD, Policy); |
3951 | if (!ResultType.empty()) |
3952 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: ResultType)); |
3953 | Builder.AddTextChunk( |
3954 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: TD->getNameAsString())); |
3955 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
3956 | // Initially we're writing into the main string. Once we see an optional arg |
3957 | // (with default), we're writing into the nested optional chunk. |
3958 | CodeCompletionBuilder *Current = &Builder; |
3959 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Params.size(); ++I) { |
3960 | bool Optional = false; |
3961 | std::string Placeholder = |
3962 | formatTemplateParameterPlaceholder(Param: Params[I], Optional, Policy); |
3963 | if (Optional) |
3964 | Current = &OptionalBuilder; |
3965 | if (I > 0) |
3966 | Current->AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
3967 | Current->AddChunk(CK: I == CurrentArg |
3968 | ? CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter |
3969 | : CodeCompletionString::CK_Placeholder, |
3970 | Text: Current->getAllocator().CopyString(String: Placeholder)); |
3971 | } |
3972 | // Add the optional chunk to the main string if we ever used it. |
3973 | if (Current == &OptionalBuilder) |
3974 | Builder.AddOptionalChunk(Optional: OptionalBuilder.TakeString()); |
3975 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
3976 | // For function templates, ResultType was the function's return type. |
3977 | // Give some clue this is a function. (Don't show the possibly-bulky params). |
3978 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: TD)) |
3979 | Builder.AddInformativeChunk(Text: "()" ); |
3980 | return Builder.TakeString(); |
3981 | } |
3982 | |
3983 | CodeCompletionString * |
3984 | CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate::CreateSignatureString( |
3985 | unsigned CurrentArg, Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
3986 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, bool , |
3987 | bool Braced) const { |
3988 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); |
3989 | // Show signatures of constructors as they are declared: |
3990 | // vector(int n) rather than vector<string>(int n) |
3991 | // This is less noisy without being less clear, and avoids tricky cases. |
3992 | Policy.SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors = true; |
3993 | |
3994 | // FIXME: Set priority, availability appropriately. |
3995 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, 1, |
3996 | CXAvailability_Available); |
3997 | |
3998 | if (getKind() == CK_Template) |
3999 | return createTemplateSignatureString(TD: getTemplate(), Builder&: Result, CurrentArg, |
4000 | Policy); |
4001 | |
4002 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = getFunction(); |
4003 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = |
4004 | dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(Val: getFunctionType()); |
4005 | |
4006 | // First, the name/type of the callee. |
4007 | if (getKind() == CK_Aggregate) { |
4008 | Result.AddTextChunk( |
4009 | Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: getAggregate()->getName())); |
4010 | } else if (FDecl) { |
4011 | if (IncludeBriefComments) { |
4012 | if (auto RC = getParameterComment(Ctx: S.getASTContext(), Result: *this, ArgIndex: CurrentArg)) |
4013 | Result.addBriefComment(Comment: RC->getBriefText(Context: S.getASTContext())); |
4014 | } |
4015 | AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, Policy, FDecl, QualType(), Result); |
4016 | |
4017 | std::string Name; |
4018 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name); |
4019 | FDecl->getDeclName().print(OS, Policy); |
4020 | Result.AddTextChunk(Text: Result.getAllocator().CopyString(String: OS.str())); |
4021 | } else { |
4022 | // Function without a declaration. Just give the return type. |
4023 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: Result.getAllocator().CopyString( |
4024 | String: getFunctionType()->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy))); |
4025 | } |
4026 | |
4027 | // Next, the brackets and parameters. |
4028 | Result.AddChunk(CK: Braced ? CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace |
4029 | : CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
4030 | if (getKind() == CK_Aggregate) |
4031 | AddOverloadAggregateChunks(RD: getAggregate(), Policy, Result, CurrentArg); |
4032 | else |
4033 | AddOverloadParameterChunks(Context&: S.getASTContext(), Policy, Function: FDecl, Prototype: Proto, |
4034 | PrototypeLoc: getFunctionProtoTypeLoc(), Result, CurrentArg); |
4035 | Result.AddChunk(CK: Braced ? CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace |
4036 | : CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
4037 | |
4038 | return Result.TakeString(); |
4039 | } |
4040 | |
4041 | unsigned clang::getMacroUsagePriority(StringRef MacroName, |
4042 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
4043 | bool PreferredTypeIsPointer) { |
4044 | unsigned Priority = CCP_Macro; |
4045 | |
4046 | // Treat the "nil", "Nil" and "NULL" macros as null pointer constants. |
4047 | if (MacroName.equals(RHS: "nil" ) || MacroName.equals(RHS: "NULL" ) || |
4048 | MacroName.equals(RHS: "Nil" )) { |
4049 | Priority = CCP_Constant; |
4050 | if (PreferredTypeIsPointer) |
4051 | Priority = Priority / CCF_SimilarTypeMatch; |
4052 | } |
4053 | // Treat "YES", "NO", "true", and "false" as constants. |
4054 | else if (MacroName.equals(RHS: "YES" ) || MacroName.equals(RHS: "NO" ) || |
4055 | MacroName.equals(RHS: "true" ) || MacroName.equals(RHS: "false" )) |
4056 | Priority = CCP_Constant; |
4057 | // Treat "bool" as a type. |
4058 | else if (MacroName.equals(RHS: "bool" )) |
4059 | Priority = CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0); |
4060 | |
4061 | return Priority; |
4062 | } |
4063 | |
4064 | CXCursorKind clang::getCursorKindForDecl(const Decl *D) { |
4065 | if (!D) |
4066 | return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl; |
4067 | |
4068 | switch (D->getKind()) { |
4069 | case Decl::Enum: |
4070 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; |
4071 | case Decl::EnumConstant: |
4072 | return CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl; |
4073 | case Decl::Field: |
4074 | return CXCursor_FieldDecl; |
4075 | case Decl::Function: |
4076 | return CXCursor_FunctionDecl; |
4077 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: |
4078 | return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl; |
4079 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: |
4080 | return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
4081 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: |
4082 | return CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl; |
4083 | |
4084 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: |
4085 | return CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
4086 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: |
4087 | return CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl; |
4088 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: |
4089 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: D)->isInstanceMethod() |
4090 | ? CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl |
4091 | : CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl; |
4092 | case Decl::CXXMethod: |
4093 | return CXCursor_CXXMethod; |
4094 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: |
4095 | return CXCursor_Constructor; |
4096 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: |
4097 | return CXCursor_Destructor; |
4098 | case Decl::CXXConversion: |
4099 | return CXCursor_ConversionFunction; |
4100 | case Decl::ObjCProperty: |
4101 | return CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl; |
4102 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: |
4103 | return CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl; |
4104 | case Decl::ParmVar: |
4105 | return CXCursor_ParmDecl; |
4106 | case Decl::Typedef: |
4107 | return CXCursor_TypedefDecl; |
4108 | case Decl::TypeAlias: |
4109 | return CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl; |
4110 | case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate: |
4111 | return CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl; |
4112 | case Decl::Var: |
4113 | return CXCursor_VarDecl; |
4114 | case Decl::Namespace: |
4115 | return CXCursor_Namespace; |
4116 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias: |
4117 | return CXCursor_NamespaceAlias; |
4118 | case Decl::TemplateTypeParm: |
4119 | return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter; |
4120 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: |
4121 | return CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter; |
4122 | case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm: |
4123 | return CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter; |
4124 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate: |
4125 | return CXCursor_FunctionTemplate; |
4126 | case Decl::ClassTemplate: |
4127 | return CXCursor_ClassTemplate; |
4128 | case Decl::AccessSpec: |
4129 | return CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier; |
4130 | case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
4131 | return CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization; |
4132 | case Decl::UsingDirective: |
4133 | return CXCursor_UsingDirective; |
4134 | case Decl::StaticAssert: |
4135 | return CXCursor_StaticAssert; |
4136 | case Decl::Friend: |
4137 | return CXCursor_FriendDecl; |
4138 | case Decl::TranslationUnit: |
4139 | return CXCursor_TranslationUnit; |
4140 | |
4141 | case Decl::Using: |
4142 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: |
4143 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename: |
4144 | return CXCursor_UsingDeclaration; |
4145 | |
4146 | case Decl::UsingEnum: |
4147 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; |
4148 | |
4149 | case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl: |
4150 | switch (cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(Val: D)->getPropertyImplementation()) { |
4151 | case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic: |
4152 | return CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl; |
4153 | |
4154 | case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize: |
4155 | return CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl; |
4156 | } |
4157 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Kind!" ); |
4158 | |
4159 | case Decl::Import: |
4160 | return CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl; |
4161 | |
4162 | case Decl::ObjCTypeParam: |
4163 | return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter; |
4164 | |
4165 | case Decl::Concept: |
4166 | return CXCursor_ConceptDecl; |
4167 | |
4168 | case Decl::LinkageSpec: |
4169 | return CXCursor_LinkageSpec; |
4170 | |
4171 | default: |
4172 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Val: D)) { |
4173 | switch (TD->getTagKind()) { |
4174 | case TagTypeKind::Interface: // fall through |
4175 | case TagTypeKind::Struct: |
4176 | return CXCursor_StructDecl; |
4177 | case TagTypeKind::Class: |
4178 | return CXCursor_ClassDecl; |
4179 | case TagTypeKind::Union: |
4180 | return CXCursor_UnionDecl; |
4181 | case TagTypeKind::Enum: |
4182 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; |
4183 | } |
4184 | } |
4185 | } |
4186 | |
4187 | return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl; |
4188 | } |
4189 | |
4190 | static void AddMacroResults(Preprocessor &PP, ResultBuilder &Results, |
4191 | bool LoadExternal, bool IncludeUndefined, |
4192 | bool TargetTypeIsPointer = false) { |
4193 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
4194 | |
4195 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
4196 | |
4197 | for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(IncludeExternalMacros: LoadExternal), |
4198 | MEnd = PP.macro_end(IncludeExternalMacros: LoadExternal); |
4199 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
4200 | auto MD = PP.getMacroDefinition(II: M->first); |
4201 | if (IncludeUndefined || MD) { |
4202 | MacroInfo *MI = MD.getMacroInfo(); |
4203 | if (MI && MI->isUsedForHeaderGuard()) |
4204 | continue; |
4205 | |
4206 | Results.AddResult( |
4207 | R: Result(M->first, MI, |
4208 | getMacroUsagePriority(MacroName: M->first->getName(), LangOpts: PP.getLangOpts(), |
4209 | PreferredTypeIsPointer: TargetTypeIsPointer))); |
4210 | } |
4211 | } |
4212 | |
4213 | Results.ExitScope(); |
4214 | } |
4215 | |
4216 | static void AddPrettyFunctionResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
4217 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
4218 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
4219 | |
4220 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
4221 | |
4222 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("__PRETTY_FUNCTION__" , CCP_Constant)); |
4223 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("__FUNCTION__" , CCP_Constant)); |
4224 | if (LangOpts.C99 || LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) |
4225 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("__func__" , CCP_Constant)); |
4226 | Results.ExitScope(); |
4227 | } |
4228 | |
4229 | static void HandleCodeCompleteResults(Sema *S, |
4230 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter, |
4231 | const CodeCompletionContext &Context, |
4232 | CodeCompletionResult *Results, |
4233 | unsigned NumResults) { |
4234 | if (CodeCompleter) |
4235 | CodeCompleter->ProcessCodeCompleteResults(S&: *S, Context, Results, NumResults); |
4236 | } |
4237 | |
4238 | static CodeCompletionContext |
4239 | mapCodeCompletionContext(Sema &S, Sema::ParserCompletionContext PCC) { |
4240 | switch (PCC) { |
4241 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
4242 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel; |
4243 | |
4244 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
4245 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion; |
4246 | |
4247 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
4248 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterface; |
4249 | |
4250 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
4251 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation; |
4252 | |
4253 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
4254 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCIvarList; |
4255 | |
4256 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
4257 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
4258 | if (S.CurContext->isFileContext()) |
4259 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel; |
4260 | if (S.CurContext->isRecord()) |
4261 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion; |
4262 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other; |
4263 | |
4264 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
4265 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery; |
4266 | |
4267 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
4268 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().C99 || |
4269 | S.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
4270 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression; |
4271 | else |
4272 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression; |
4273 | |
4274 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: |
4275 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression; |
4276 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
4277 | return CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression, |
4278 | S.getASTContext().BoolTy); |
4279 | |
4280 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: |
4281 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement; |
4282 | |
4283 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
4284 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type; |
4285 | |
4286 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
4287 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression; |
4288 | |
4289 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
4290 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type; |
4291 | case Sema::PCC_TopLevelOrExpression: |
4292 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevelOrExpression; |
4293 | } |
4294 | |
4295 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!" ); |
4296 | } |
4297 | |
4298 | /// If we're in a C++ virtual member function, add completion results |
4299 | /// that invoke the functions we override, since it's common to invoke the |
4300 | /// overridden function as well as adding new functionality. |
4301 | /// |
4302 | /// \param S The semantic analysis object for which we are generating results. |
4303 | /// |
4304 | /// \param InContext This context in which the nested-name-specifier preceding |
4305 | /// the code-completion point |
4306 | static void MaybeAddOverrideCalls(Sema &S, DeclContext *InContext, |
4307 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
4308 | // Look through blocks. |
4309 | DeclContext *CurContext = S.CurContext; |
4310 | while (isa<BlockDecl>(Val: CurContext)) |
4311 | CurContext = CurContext->getParent(); |
4312 | |
4313 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: CurContext); |
4314 | if (!Method || !Method->isVirtual()) |
4315 | return; |
4316 | |
4317 | // We need to have names for all of the parameters, if we're going to |
4318 | // generate a forwarding call. |
4319 | for (auto *P : Method->parameters()) |
4320 | if (!P->getDeclName()) |
4321 | return; |
4322 | |
4323 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); |
4324 | for (const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden : Method->overridden_methods()) { |
4325 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
4326 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
4327 | if (Overridden->getCanonicalDecl() == Method->getCanonicalDecl()) |
4328 | continue; |
4329 | |
4330 | // If we need a nested-name-specifier, add one now. |
4331 | if (!InContext) { |
4332 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = getRequiredQualification( |
4333 | S.Context, CurContext, Overridden->getDeclContext()); |
4334 | if (NNS) { |
4335 | std::string Str; |
4336 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str); |
4337 | NNS->print(OS, Policy); |
4338 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: Results.getAllocator().CopyString(String: OS.str())); |
4339 | } |
4340 | } else if (!InContext->Equals(DC: Overridden->getDeclContext())) |
4341 | continue; |
4342 | |
4343 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
4344 | Text: Results.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Overridden->getNameAsString())); |
4345 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
4346 | bool FirstParam = true; |
4347 | for (auto *P : Method->parameters()) { |
4348 | if (FirstParam) |
4349 | FirstParam = false; |
4350 | else |
4351 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
4352 | |
4353 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
4354 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getIdentifier()->getName())); |
4355 | } |
4356 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
4357 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult( |
4358 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_SuperCompletion, CXCursor_CXXMethod, |
4359 | CXAvailability_Available, Overridden)); |
4360 | Results.Ignore(Overridden); |
4361 | } |
4362 | } |
4363 | |
4364 | void Sema::CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, |
4365 | ModuleIdPath Path) { |
4366 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
4367 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
4368 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
4369 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
4370 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
4371 | |
4372 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
4373 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
4374 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
4375 | if (Path.empty()) { |
4376 | // Enumerate all top-level modules. |
4377 | SmallVector<Module *, 8> Modules; |
4378 | PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().collectAllModules(Modules); |
4379 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Modules.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
4380 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
4381 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Modules[I]->Name)); |
4382 | Results.AddResult(R: Result( |
4383 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl, |
4384 | Modules[I]->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available |
4385 | : CXAvailability_NotAvailable)); |
4386 | } |
4387 | } else if (getLangOpts().Modules) { |
4388 | // Load the named module. |
4389 | Module *Mod = |
4390 | PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Visibility: Module::AllVisible, |
4391 | /*IsInclusionDirective=*/false); |
4392 | // Enumerate submodules. |
4393 | if (Mod) { |
4394 | for (auto *Submodule : Mod->submodules()) { |
4395 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
4396 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Submodule->Name)); |
4397 | Results.AddResult(R: Result( |
4398 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl, |
4399 | Submodule->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available |
4400 | : CXAvailability_NotAvailable)); |
4401 | } |
4402 | } |
4403 | } |
4404 | Results.ExitScope(); |
4405 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
4406 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
4407 | } |
4408 | |
4409 | void Sema::CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
4410 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext) { |
4411 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
4412 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
4413 | mapCodeCompletionContext(S&: *this, PCC: CompletionContext)); |
4414 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
4415 | |
4416 | // Determine how to filter results, e.g., so that the names of |
4417 | // values (functions, enumerators, function templates, etc.) are |
4418 | // only allowed where we can have an expression. |
4419 | switch (CompletionContext) { |
4420 | case PCC_Namespace: |
4421 | case PCC_Class: |
4422 | case PCC_ObjCInterface: |
4423 | case PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
4424 | case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
4425 | case PCC_Template: |
4426 | case PCC_MemberTemplate: |
4427 | case PCC_Type: |
4428 | case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
4429 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName); |
4430 | break; |
4431 | |
4432 | case PCC_Statement: |
4433 | case PCC_TopLevelOrExpression: |
4434 | case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
4435 | case PCC_Expression: |
4436 | case PCC_ForInit: |
4437 | case PCC_Condition: |
4438 | if (WantTypesInContext(CCC: CompletionContext, LangOpts: getLangOpts())) |
4439 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); |
4440 | else |
4441 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName); |
4442 | |
4443 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
4444 | MaybeAddOverrideCalls(S&: *this, /*InContext=*/nullptr, Results); |
4445 | break; |
4446 | |
4447 | case PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
4448 | // Unfiltered |
4449 | break; |
4450 | } |
4451 | |
4452 | // If we are in a C++ non-static member function, check the qualifiers on |
4453 | // the member function to filter/prioritize the results list. |
4454 | auto ThisType = getCurrentThisType(); |
4455 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) |
4456 | Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(Quals: ThisType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(), |
4457 | Kind: VK_LValue); |
4458 | |
4459 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
4460 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
4461 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
4462 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
4463 | |
4464 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(CCC: CompletionContext, S, SemaRef&: *this, Results); |
4465 | Results.ExitScope(); |
4466 | |
4467 | switch (CompletionContext) { |
4468 | case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
4469 | case PCC_Expression: |
4470 | case PCC_Statement: |
4471 | case PCC_TopLevelOrExpression: |
4472 | case PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
4473 | if (S->getFnParent()) |
4474 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(LangOpts: getLangOpts(), Results); |
4475 | break; |
4476 | |
4477 | case PCC_Namespace: |
4478 | case PCC_Class: |
4479 | case PCC_ObjCInterface: |
4480 | case PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
4481 | case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
4482 | case PCC_Template: |
4483 | case PCC_MemberTemplate: |
4484 | case PCC_ForInit: |
4485 | case PCC_Condition: |
4486 | case PCC_Type: |
4487 | case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
4488 | break; |
4489 | } |
4490 | |
4491 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
4492 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, LoadExternal: CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), IncludeUndefined: false); |
4493 | |
4494 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
4495 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
4496 | } |
4497 | |
4498 | static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, |
4499 | ParsedType Receiver, |
4500 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
4501 | bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper, |
4502 | ResultBuilder &Results); |
4503 | |
4504 | void Sema::CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
4505 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
4506 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) { |
4507 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
4508 | ResultBuilder Results( |
4509 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
4510 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
4511 | AllowNestedNameSpecifiers |
4512 | // FIXME: Try to separate codepath leading here to deduce whether we |
4513 | // need an existing symbol or a new one. |
4514 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName |
4515 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NewName); |
4516 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
4517 | |
4518 | // Type qualifiers can come after names. |
4519 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("const" )); |
4520 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("volatile" )); |
4521 | if (getLangOpts().C99) |
4522 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("restrict" )); |
4523 | |
4524 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
4525 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && |
4526 | (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || |
4527 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct)) |
4528 | Results.AddResult(R: "final" ); |
4529 | |
4530 | if (AllowNonIdentifiers) { |
4531 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("operator" )); |
4532 | } |
4533 | |
4534 | // Add nested-name-specifiers. |
4535 | if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) { |
4536 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); |
4537 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy); |
4538 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
4539 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer, |
4540 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
4541 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
4542 | Results.setFilter(nullptr); |
4543 | } |
4544 | } |
4545 | Results.ExitScope(); |
4546 | |
4547 | // If we're in a context where we might have an expression (rather than a |
4548 | // declaration), and what we've seen so far is an Objective-C type that could |
4549 | // be a receiver of a class message, this may be a class message send with |
4550 | // the initial opening bracket '[' missing. Add appropriate completions. |
4551 | if (AllowNonIdentifiers && !AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && |
4552 | DS.getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier && |
4553 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && |
4554 | DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified && |
4555 | DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified && |
4556 | !DS.isTypeAltiVecVector() && S && |
4557 | (S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) != 0 && |
4558 | (S->getFlags() & (Scope::ClassScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope | |
4559 | Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::AtCatchScope)) == |
4560 | 0) { |
4561 | ParsedType T = DS.getRepAsType(); |
4562 | if (!T.get().isNull() && T.get()->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) |
4563 | AddClassMessageCompletions(SemaRef&: *this, S, Receiver: T, SelIdents: std::nullopt, AtArgumentExpression: false, IsSuper: false, |
4564 | Results); |
4565 | } |
4566 | |
4567 | // Note that we intentionally suppress macro results here, since we do not |
4568 | // encourage using macros to produce the names of entities. |
4569 | |
4570 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
4571 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
4572 | } |
4573 | |
4574 | static const char *underscoreAttrScope(llvm::StringRef Scope) { |
4575 | if (Scope == "clang" ) |
4576 | return "_Clang" ; |
4577 | if (Scope == "gnu" ) |
4578 | return "__gnu__" ; |
4579 | return nullptr; |
4580 | } |
4581 | |
4582 | static const char *noUnderscoreAttrScope(llvm::StringRef Scope) { |
4583 | if (Scope == "_Clang" ) |
4584 | return "clang" ; |
4585 | if (Scope == "__gnu__" ) |
4586 | return "gnu" ; |
4587 | return nullptr; |
4588 | } |
4589 | |
4590 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAttribute(AttributeCommonInfo::Syntax Syntax, |
4591 | AttributeCompletion Completion, |
4592 | const IdentifierInfo *InScope) { |
4593 | if (Completion == AttributeCompletion::None) |
4594 | return; |
4595 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
4596 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
4597 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Attribute); |
4598 | |
4599 | // We're going to iterate over the normalized spellings of the attribute. |
4600 | // These don't include "underscore guarding": the normalized spelling is |
4601 | // clang::foo but you can also write _Clang::__foo__. |
4602 | // |
4603 | // (Clang supports a mix like clang::__foo__ but we won't suggest it: either |
4604 | // you care about clashing with macros or you don't). |
4605 | // |
4606 | // So if we're already in a scope, we determine its canonical spellings |
4607 | // (for comparison with normalized attr spelling) and remember whether it was |
4608 | // underscore-guarded (so we know how to spell contained attributes). |
4609 | llvm::StringRef InScopeName; |
4610 | bool InScopeUnderscore = false; |
4611 | if (InScope) { |
4612 | InScopeName = InScope->getName(); |
4613 | if (const char *NoUnderscore = noUnderscoreAttrScope(Scope: InScopeName)) { |
4614 | InScopeName = NoUnderscore; |
4615 | InScopeUnderscore = true; |
4616 | } |
4617 | } |
4618 | bool SyntaxSupportsGuards = Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_GNU || |
4619 | Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_CXX11 || |
4620 | Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_C23; |
4621 | |
4622 | llvm::DenseSet<llvm::StringRef> FoundScopes; |
4623 | auto AddCompletions = [&](const ParsedAttrInfo &A) { |
4624 | if (A.IsTargetSpecific && !A.existsInTarget(Target: Context.getTargetInfo())) |
4625 | return; |
4626 | if (!A.acceptsLangOpts(LO: getLangOpts())) |
4627 | return; |
4628 | for (const auto &S : A.Spellings) { |
4629 | if (S.Syntax != Syntax) |
4630 | continue; |
4631 | llvm::StringRef Name = S.NormalizedFullName; |
4632 | llvm::StringRef Scope; |
4633 | if ((Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_CXX11 || |
4634 | Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_C23)) { |
4635 | std::tie(args&: Scope, args&: Name) = Name.split(Separator: "::" ); |
4636 | if (Name.empty()) // oops, unscoped |
4637 | std::swap(a&: Name, b&: Scope); |
4638 | } |
4639 | |
4640 | // Do we just want a list of scopes rather than attributes? |
4641 | if (Completion == AttributeCompletion::Scope) { |
4642 | // Make sure to emit each scope only once. |
4643 | if (!Scope.empty() && FoundScopes.insert(V: Scope).second) { |
4644 | Results.AddResult( |
4645 | R: CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Scope))); |
4646 | // Include alternate form (__gnu__ instead of gnu). |
4647 | if (const char *Scope2 = underscoreAttrScope(Scope)) |
4648 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Scope2)); |
4649 | } |
4650 | continue; |
4651 | } |
4652 | |
4653 | // If a scope was specified, it must match but we don't need to print it. |
4654 | if (!InScopeName.empty()) { |
4655 | if (Scope != InScopeName) |
4656 | continue; |
4657 | Scope = "" ; |
4658 | } |
4659 | |
4660 | auto Add = [&](llvm::StringRef Scope, llvm::StringRef Name, |
4661 | bool Underscores) { |
4662 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
4663 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
4664 | llvm::SmallString<32> Text; |
4665 | if (!Scope.empty()) { |
4666 | Text.append(RHS: Scope); |
4667 | Text.append(RHS: "::" ); |
4668 | } |
4669 | if (Underscores) |
4670 | Text.append(RHS: "__" ); |
4671 | Text.append(RHS: Name); |
4672 | if (Underscores) |
4673 | Text.append(RHS: "__" ); |
4674 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Results.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Text)); |
4675 | |
4676 | if (!A.ArgNames.empty()) { |
4677 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen, Text: "(" ); |
4678 | bool First = true; |
4679 | for (const char *Arg : A.ArgNames) { |
4680 | if (!First) |
4681 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma, Text: ", " ); |
4682 | First = false; |
4683 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: Arg); |
4684 | } |
4685 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen, Text: ")" ); |
4686 | } |
4687 | |
4688 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
4689 | }; |
4690 | |
4691 | // Generate the non-underscore-guarded result. |
4692 | // Note this is (a suffix of) the NormalizedFullName, no need to copy. |
4693 | // If an underscore-guarded scope was specified, only the |
4694 | // underscore-guarded attribute name is relevant. |
4695 | if (!InScopeUnderscore) |
4696 | Add(Scope, Name, /*Underscores=*/false); |
4697 | |
4698 | // Generate the underscore-guarded version, for syntaxes that support it. |
4699 | // We skip this if the scope was already spelled and not guarded, or |
4700 | // we must spell it and can't guard it. |
4701 | if (!(InScope && !InScopeUnderscore) && SyntaxSupportsGuards) { |
4702 | llvm::SmallString<32> Guarded; |
4703 | if (Scope.empty()) { |
4704 | Add(Scope, Name, /*Underscores=*/true); |
4705 | } else { |
4706 | const char *GuardedScope = underscoreAttrScope(Scope); |
4707 | if (!GuardedScope) |
4708 | continue; |
4709 | Add(GuardedScope, Name, /*Underscores=*/true); |
4710 | } |
4711 | } |
4712 | |
4713 | // It may be nice to include the Kind so we can look up the docs later. |
4714 | } |
4715 | }; |
4716 | |
4717 | for (const auto *A : ParsedAttrInfo::getAllBuiltin()) |
4718 | AddCompletions(*A); |
4719 | for (const auto &Entry : ParsedAttrInfoRegistry::entries()) |
4720 | AddCompletions(*Entry.instantiate()); |
4721 | |
4722 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
4723 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
4724 | } |
4725 | |
4726 | struct Sema::CodeCompleteExpressionData { |
4727 | CodeCompleteExpressionData(QualType PreferredType = QualType(), |
4728 | bool IsParenthesized = false) |
4729 | : PreferredType(PreferredType), IntegralConstantExpression(false), |
4730 | ObjCCollection(false), IsParenthesized(IsParenthesized) {} |
4731 | |
4732 | QualType PreferredType; |
4733 | bool IntegralConstantExpression; |
4734 | bool ObjCCollection; |
4735 | bool IsParenthesized; |
4736 | SmallVector<Decl *, 4> IgnoreDecls; |
4737 | }; |
4738 | |
4739 | namespace { |
4740 | /// Information that allows to avoid completing redundant enumerators. |
4741 | struct CoveredEnumerators { |
4742 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<EnumConstantDecl *, 8> Seen; |
4743 | NestedNameSpecifier *SuggestedQualifier = nullptr; |
4744 | }; |
4745 | } // namespace |
4746 | |
4747 | static void AddEnumerators(ResultBuilder &Results, ASTContext &Context, |
4748 | EnumDecl *Enum, DeclContext *CurContext, |
4749 | const CoveredEnumerators &Enumerators) { |
4750 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier; |
4751 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Qualifier && Enumerators.Seen.empty()) { |
4752 | // If there are no prior enumerators in C++, check whether we have to |
4753 | // qualify the names of the enumerators that we suggest, because they |
4754 | // may not be visible in this scope. |
4755 | Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(Context, CurContext, Enum); |
4756 | } |
4757 | |
4758 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
4759 | for (auto *E : Enum->enumerators()) { |
4760 | if (Enumerators.Seen.count(Ptr: E)) |
4761 | continue; |
4762 | |
4763 | CodeCompletionResult R(E, CCP_EnumInCase, Qualifier); |
4764 | Results.AddResult(R, CurContext, Hiding: nullptr, InBaseClass: false); |
4765 | } |
4766 | Results.ExitScope(); |
4767 | } |
4768 | |
4769 | /// Try to find a corresponding FunctionProtoType for function-like types (e.g. |
4770 | /// function pointers, std::function, etc). |
4771 | static const FunctionProtoType *TryDeconstructFunctionLike(QualType T) { |
4772 | assert(!T.isNull()); |
4773 | // Try to extract first template argument from std::function<> and similar. |
4774 | // Note we only handle the sugared types, they closely match what users wrote. |
4775 | // We explicitly choose to not handle ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl. |
4776 | if (auto *Specialization = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { |
4777 | if (Specialization->template_arguments().size() != 1) |
4778 | return nullptr; |
4779 | const TemplateArgument &Argument = Specialization->template_arguments()[0]; |
4780 | if (Argument.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) |
4781 | return nullptr; |
4782 | return Argument.getAsType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
4783 | } |
4784 | // Handle other cases. |
4785 | if (T->isPointerType()) |
4786 | T = T->getPointeeType(); |
4787 | return T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
4788 | } |
4789 | |
4790 | /// Adds a pattern completion for a lambda expression with the specified |
4791 | /// parameter types and placeholders for parameter names. |
4792 | static void AddLambdaCompletion(ResultBuilder &Results, |
4793 | llvm::ArrayRef<QualType> Parameters, |
4794 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
4795 | if (!Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
4796 | return; |
4797 | CodeCompletionBuilder Completion(Results.getAllocator(), |
4798 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
4799 | // [](<parameters>) {} |
4800 | Completion.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); |
4801 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "=" ); |
4802 | Completion.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); |
4803 | if (!Parameters.empty()) { |
4804 | Completion.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
4805 | bool First = true; |
4806 | for (auto Parameter : Parameters) { |
4807 | if (!First) |
4808 | Completion.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::ChunkKind::CK_Comma); |
4809 | else |
4810 | First = false; |
4811 | |
4812 | constexpr llvm::StringLiteral NamePlaceholder = "!#!NAME_GOES_HERE!#!" ; |
4813 | std::string Type = std::string(NamePlaceholder); |
4814 | Parameter.getAsStringInternal(Str&: Type, Policy: PrintingPolicy(LangOpts)); |
4815 | llvm::StringRef Prefix, Suffix; |
4816 | std::tie(args&: Prefix, args&: Suffix) = llvm::StringRef(Type).split(Separator: NamePlaceholder); |
4817 | Prefix = Prefix.rtrim(); |
4818 | Suffix = Suffix.ltrim(); |
4819 | |
4820 | Completion.AddTextChunk(Text: Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Prefix)); |
4821 | Completion.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
4822 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "parameter" ); |
4823 | Completion.AddTextChunk(Text: Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Suffix)); |
4824 | }; |
4825 | Completion.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
4826 | } |
4827 | Completion.AddChunk(CK: clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
4828 | Completion.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
4829 | Completion.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
4830 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "body" ); |
4831 | Completion.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
4832 | Completion.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
4833 | |
4834 | Results.AddResult(R: Completion.TakeString()); |
4835 | } |
4836 | |
4837 | /// Perform code-completion in an expression context when we know what |
4838 | /// type we're looking for. |
4839 | void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
4840 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data) { |
4841 | ResultBuilder Results( |
4842 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
4843 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
4844 | CodeCompletionContext( |
4845 | Data.IsParenthesized |
4846 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression |
4847 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression, |
4848 | Data.PreferredType)); |
4849 | auto PCC = |
4850 | Data.IsParenthesized ? PCC_ParenthesizedExpression : PCC_Expression; |
4851 | if (Data.ObjCCollection) |
4852 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection); |
4853 | else if (Data.IntegralConstantExpression) |
4854 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue); |
4855 | else if (WantTypesInContext(CCC: PCC, LangOpts: getLangOpts())) |
4856 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); |
4857 | else |
4858 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName); |
4859 | |
4860 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) |
4861 | Results.setPreferredType(Data.PreferredType.getNonReferenceType()); |
4862 | |
4863 | // Ignore any declarations that we were told that we don't care about. |
4864 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Data.IgnoreDecls.size(); I != N; ++I) |
4865 | Results.Ignore(D: Data.IgnoreDecls[I]); |
4866 | |
4867 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
4868 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
4869 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
4870 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
4871 | |
4872 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
4873 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(CCC: PCC, S, SemaRef&: *this, Results); |
4874 | Results.ExitScope(); |
4875 | |
4876 | bool PreferredTypeIsPointer = false; |
4877 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) { |
4878 | PreferredTypeIsPointer = Data.PreferredType->isAnyPointerType() || |
4879 | Data.PreferredType->isMemberPointerType() || |
4880 | Data.PreferredType->isBlockPointerType(); |
4881 | if (Data.PreferredType->isEnumeralType()) { |
4882 | EnumDecl *Enum = Data.PreferredType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); |
4883 | if (auto *Def = Enum->getDefinition()) |
4884 | Enum = Def; |
4885 | // FIXME: collect covered enumerators in cases like: |
4886 | // if (x == my_enum::one) { ... } else if (x == ^) {} |
4887 | AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, Enumerators: CoveredEnumerators()); |
4888 | } |
4889 | } |
4890 | |
4891 | if (S->getFnParent() && !Data.ObjCCollection && |
4892 | !Data.IntegralConstantExpression) |
4893 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(LangOpts: getLangOpts(), Results); |
4894 | |
4895 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
4896 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, LoadExternal: CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), IncludeUndefined: false, |
4897 | TargetTypeIsPointer: PreferredTypeIsPointer); |
4898 | |
4899 | // Complete a lambda expression when preferred type is a function. |
4900 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
4901 | if (const FunctionProtoType *F = |
4902 | TryDeconstructFunctionLike(Data.PreferredType)) |
4903 | AddLambdaCompletion(Results, Parameters: F->getParamTypes(), LangOpts: getLangOpts()); |
4904 | } |
4905 | |
4906 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
4907 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
4908 | } |
4909 | |
4910 | void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType, |
4911 | bool IsParenthesized) { |
4912 | return CodeCompleteExpression( |
4913 | S, Data: CodeCompleteExpressionData(PreferredType, IsParenthesized)); |
4914 | } |
4915 | |
4916 | void Sema::CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult E, |
4917 | QualType PreferredType) { |
4918 | if (E.isInvalid()) |
4919 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); |
4920 | else if (getLangOpts().ObjC) |
4921 | CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, Receiver: E.get(), SelIdents: std::nullopt, AtArgumentExpression: false); |
4922 | } |
4923 | |
4924 | /// The set of properties that have already been added, referenced by |
4925 | /// property name. |
4926 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> AddedPropertiesSet; |
4927 | |
4928 | /// Retrieve the container definition, if any? |
4929 | static ObjCContainerDecl *getContainerDef(ObjCContainerDecl *Container) { |
4930 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: Container)) { |
4931 | if (Interface->hasDefinition()) |
4932 | return Interface->getDefinition(); |
4933 | |
4934 | return Interface; |
4935 | } |
4936 | |
4937 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Val: Container)) { |
4938 | if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) |
4939 | return Protocol->getDefinition(); |
4940 | |
4941 | return Protocol; |
4942 | } |
4943 | return Container; |
4944 | } |
4945 | |
4946 | /// Adds a block invocation code completion result for the given block |
4947 | /// declaration \p BD. |
4948 | static void AddObjCBlockCall(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
4949 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, |
4950 | const NamedDecl *BD, |
4951 | const FunctionTypeLoc &BlockLoc, |
4952 | const FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProtoLoc) { |
4953 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( |
4954 | ResultType: GetCompletionTypeString(T: BlockLoc.getReturnLoc().getType(), Context, |
4955 | Policy, Allocator&: Builder.getAllocator())); |
4956 | |
4957 | AddTypedNameChunk(Context, Policy, ND: BD, Result&: Builder); |
4958 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
4959 | |
4960 | if (BlockProtoLoc && BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) { |
4961 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "..." ); |
4962 | } else { |
4963 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = BlockLoc.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { |
4964 | if (I) |
4965 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
4966 | |
4967 | // Format the placeholder string. |
4968 | std::string PlaceholderStr = |
4969 | FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, BlockLoc.getParam(i: I)); |
4970 | |
4971 | if (I == N - 1 && BlockProtoLoc && |
4972 | BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) |
4973 | PlaceholderStr += ", ..." ; |
4974 | |
4975 | // Add the placeholder string. |
4976 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
4977 | Placeholder: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: PlaceholderStr)); |
4978 | } |
4979 | } |
4980 | |
4981 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
4982 | } |
4983 | |
4984 | static void |
4985 | AddObjCProperties(const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
4986 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container, bool AllowCategories, |
4987 | bool AllowNullaryMethods, DeclContext *CurContext, |
4988 | AddedPropertiesSet &AddedProperties, ResultBuilder &Results, |
4989 | bool IsBaseExprStatement = false, |
4990 | bool IsClassProperty = false, bool InOriginalClass = true) { |
4991 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
4992 | |
4993 | // Retrieve the definition. |
4994 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); |
4995 | |
4996 | // Add properties in this container. |
4997 | const auto AddProperty = [&](const ObjCPropertyDecl *P) { |
4998 | if (!AddedProperties.insert(P->getIdentifier()).second) |
4999 | return; |
5000 | |
5001 | // FIXME: Provide block invocation completion for non-statement |
5002 | // expressions. |
5003 | if (!P->getType().getTypePtr()->isBlockPointerType() || |
5004 | !IsBaseExprStatement) { |
5005 | Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr); |
5006 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
5007 | setInBaseClass(R); |
5008 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
5009 | return; |
5010 | } |
5011 | |
5012 | // Block setter and invocation completion is provided only when we are able |
5013 | // to find the FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names for the block. |
5014 | FunctionTypeLoc BlockLoc; |
5015 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProtoLoc; |
5016 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(TSInfo: P->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block&: BlockLoc, |
5017 | BlockProto&: BlockProtoLoc); |
5018 | if (!BlockLoc) { |
5019 | Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr); |
5020 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
5021 | setInBaseClass(R); |
5022 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
5023 | return; |
5024 | } |
5025 | |
5026 | // The default completion result for block properties should be the block |
5027 | // invocation completion when the base expression is a statement. |
5028 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
5029 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
5030 | AddObjCBlockCall(Container->getASTContext(), |
5031 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S&: Results.getSema()), Builder, P, |
5032 | BlockLoc, BlockProtoLoc); |
5033 | Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, Results.getBasePriority(P)); |
5034 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
5035 | setInBaseClass(R); |
5036 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
5037 | |
5038 | // Provide additional block setter completion iff the base expression is a |
5039 | // statement and the block property is mutable. |
5040 | if (!P->isReadOnly()) { |
5041 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
5042 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
5043 | AddResultTypeChunk(Container->getASTContext(), |
5044 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S&: Results.getSema()), P, |
5045 | CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder); |
5046 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
5047 | Text: Results.getAllocator().CopyString(String: P->getName())); |
5048 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); |
5049 | |
5050 | std::string PlaceholderStr = formatBlockPlaceholder( |
5051 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S&: Results.getSema()), P, BlockLoc, |
5052 | BlockProtoLoc, /*SuppressBlockName=*/true); |
5053 | // Add the placeholder string. |
5054 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
5055 | Placeholder: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: PlaceholderStr)); |
5056 | |
5057 | // When completing blocks properties that return void the default |
5058 | // property completion result should show up before the setter, |
5059 | // otherwise the setter completion should show up before the default |
5060 | // property completion, as we normally want to use the result of the |
5061 | // call. |
5062 | Result R = |
5063 | Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, |
5064 | Results.getBasePriority(P) + |
5065 | (BlockLoc.getTypePtr()->getReturnType()->isVoidType() |
5066 | ? CCD_BlockPropertySetter |
5067 | : -CCD_BlockPropertySetter)); |
5068 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
5069 | setInBaseClass(R); |
5070 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
5071 | } |
5072 | }; |
5073 | |
5074 | if (IsClassProperty) { |
5075 | for (const auto *P : Container->class_properties()) |
5076 | AddProperty(P); |
5077 | } else { |
5078 | for (const auto *P : Container->instance_properties()) |
5079 | AddProperty(P); |
5080 | } |
5081 | |
5082 | // Add nullary methods or implicit class properties |
5083 | if (AllowNullaryMethods) { |
5084 | ASTContext &Context = Container->getASTContext(); |
5085 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S&: Results.getSema()); |
5086 | // Adds a method result |
5087 | const auto AddMethod = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *M) { |
5088 | IdentifierInfo *Name = M->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(argIndex: 0); |
5089 | if (!Name) |
5090 | return; |
5091 | if (!AddedProperties.insert(Ptr: Name).second) |
5092 | return; |
5093 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
5094 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
5095 | AddResultTypeChunk(Context, Policy, M, CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder); |
5096 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
5097 | Text: Results.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Name->getName())); |
5098 | Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), M, |
5099 | CCP_MemberDeclaration + CCD_MethodAsProperty); |
5100 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
5101 | setInBaseClass(R); |
5102 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
5103 | }; |
5104 | |
5105 | if (IsClassProperty) { |
5106 | for (const auto *M : Container->methods()) { |
5107 | // Gather the class method that can be used as implicit property |
5108 | // getters. Methods with arguments or methods that return void aren't |
5109 | // added to the results as they can't be used as a getter. |
5110 | if (!M->getSelector().isUnarySelector() || |
5111 | M->getReturnType()->isVoidType() || M->isInstanceMethod()) |
5112 | continue; |
5113 | AddMethod(M); |
5114 | } |
5115 | } else { |
5116 | for (auto *M : Container->methods()) { |
5117 | if (M->getSelector().isUnarySelector()) |
5118 | AddMethod(M); |
5119 | } |
5120 | } |
5121 | } |
5122 | |
5123 | // Add properties in referenced protocols. |
5124 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Val: Container)) { |
5125 | for (auto *P : Protocol->protocols()) |
5126 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
5127 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
5128 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
5129 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
5130 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = |
5131 | dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: Container)) { |
5132 | if (AllowCategories) { |
5133 | // Look through categories. |
5134 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->known_categories()) |
5135 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, Cat, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
5136 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
5137 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
5138 | InOriginalClass); |
5139 | } |
5140 | |
5141 | // Look through protocols. |
5142 | for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) |
5143 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
5144 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
5145 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
5146 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
5147 | |
5148 | // Look in the superclass. |
5149 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) |
5150 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace->getSuperClass(), AllowCategories, |
5151 | AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext, AddedProperties, |
5152 | Results, IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
5153 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
5154 | } else if (const auto *Category = |
5155 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Val: Container)) { |
5156 | // Look through protocols. |
5157 | for (auto *P : Category->protocols()) |
5158 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
5159 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
5160 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
5161 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
5162 | } |
5163 | } |
5164 | |
5165 | static void |
5166 | AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results, |
5167 | Scope *S, QualType BaseType, |
5168 | ExprValueKind BaseKind, RecordDecl *RD, |
5169 | std::optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) { |
5170 | // Indicate that we are performing a member access, and the cv-qualifiers |
5171 | // for the base object type. |
5172 | Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(Quals: BaseType.getQualifiers(), Kind: BaseKind); |
5173 | |
5174 | // Access to a C/C++ class, struct, or union. |
5175 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); |
5176 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts; |
5177 | if (AccessOpFixIt) |
5178 | FixIts.emplace_back(args&: *AccessOpFixIt); |
5179 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, RD, BaseType, std::move(FixIts)); |
5180 | SemaRef.LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Sema::LookupMemberName, Consumer, |
5181 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
5182 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true, |
5183 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
5184 | |
5185 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
5186 | if (!Results.empty()) { |
5187 | // The "template" keyword can follow "->" or "." in the grammar. |
5188 | // However, we only want to suggest the template keyword if something |
5189 | // is dependent. |
5190 | bool IsDependent = BaseType->isDependentType(); |
5191 | if (!IsDependent) { |
5192 | for (Scope *DepScope = S; DepScope; DepScope = DepScope->getParent()) |
5193 | if (DeclContext *Ctx = DepScope->getEntity()) { |
5194 | IsDependent = Ctx->isDependentContext(); |
5195 | break; |
5196 | } |
5197 | } |
5198 | |
5199 | if (IsDependent) |
5200 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("template" )); |
5201 | } |
5202 | } |
5203 | } |
5204 | |
5205 | // Returns the RecordDecl inside the BaseType, falling back to primary template |
5206 | // in case of specializations. Since we might not have a decl for the |
5207 | // instantiation/specialization yet, e.g. dependent code. |
5208 | static RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl(QualType BaseType) { |
5209 | BaseType = BaseType.getNonReferenceType(); |
5210 | if (auto *RD = BaseType->getAsRecordDecl()) { |
5211 | if (const auto *CTSD = |
5212 | llvm::dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Val: RD)) { |
5213 | // Template might not be instantiated yet, fall back to primary template |
5214 | // in such cases. |
5215 | if (CTSD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_Undeclared) |
5216 | RD = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl(); |
5217 | } |
5218 | return RD; |
5219 | } |
5220 | |
5221 | if (const auto *TST = BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { |
5222 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>( |
5223 | Val: TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl())) { |
5224 | return TD->getTemplatedDecl(); |
5225 | } |
5226 | } |
5227 | |
5228 | return nullptr; |
5229 | } |
5230 | |
5231 | namespace { |
5232 | // Collects completion-relevant information about a concept-constrainted type T. |
5233 | // In particular, examines the constraint expressions to find members of T. |
5234 | // |
5235 | // The design is very simple: we walk down each constraint looking for |
5236 | // expressions of the form T.foo(). |
5237 | // If we're extra lucky, the return type is specified. |
5238 | // We don't do any clever handling of && or || in constraint expressions, we |
5239 | // take members from both branches. |
5240 | // |
5241 | // For example, given: |
5242 | // template <class T> concept X = requires (T t, string& s) { t.print(s); }; |
5243 | // template <X U> void foo(U u) { u.^ } |
5244 | // We want to suggest the inferred member function 'print(string)'. |
5245 | // We see that u has type U, so X<U> holds. |
5246 | // X<U> requires t.print(s) to be valid, where t has type U (substituted for T). |
5247 | // By looking at the CallExpr we find the signature of print(). |
5248 | // |
5249 | // While we tend to know in advance which kind of members (access via . -> ::) |
5250 | // we want, it's simpler just to gather them all and post-filter. |
5251 | // |
5252 | // FIXME: some of this machinery could be used for non-concept type-parms too, |
5253 | // enabling completion for type parameters based on other uses of that param. |
5254 | // |
5255 | // FIXME: there are other cases where a type can be constrained by a concept, |
5256 | // e.g. inside `if constexpr(ConceptSpecializationExpr) { ... }` |
5257 | class ConceptInfo { |
5258 | public: |
5259 | // Describes a likely member of a type, inferred by concept constraints. |
5260 | // Offered as a code completion for T. T-> and T:: contexts. |
5261 | struct Member { |
5262 | // Always non-null: we only handle members with ordinary identifier names. |
5263 | const IdentifierInfo *Name = nullptr; |
5264 | // Set for functions we've seen called. |
5265 | // We don't have the declared parameter types, only the actual types of |
5266 | // arguments we've seen. These are still valuable, as it's hard to render |
5267 | // a useful function completion with neither parameter types nor names! |
5268 | std::optional<SmallVector<QualType, 1>> ArgTypes; |
5269 | // Whether this is accessed as T.member, T->member, or T::member. |
5270 | enum AccessOperator { |
5271 | Colons, |
5272 | Arrow, |
5273 | Dot, |
5274 | } Operator = Dot; |
5275 | // What's known about the type of a variable or return type of a function. |
5276 | const TypeConstraint *ResultType = nullptr; |
5277 | // FIXME: also track: |
5278 | // - kind of entity (function/variable/type), to expose structured results |
5279 | // - template args kinds/types, as a proxy for template params |
5280 | |
5281 | // For now we simply return these results as "pattern" strings. |
5282 | CodeCompletionString *render(Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Alloc, |
5283 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &Info) const { |
5284 | CodeCompletionBuilder B(Alloc, Info); |
5285 | // Result type |
5286 | if (ResultType) { |
5287 | std::string AsString; |
5288 | { |
5289 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(AsString); |
5290 | QualType ExactType = deduceType(T: *ResultType); |
5291 | if (!ExactType.isNull()) |
5292 | ExactType.print(OS, Policy: getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S)); |
5293 | else |
5294 | ResultType->print(OS, Policy: getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S)); |
5295 | } |
5296 | B.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: Alloc.CopyString(String: AsString)); |
5297 | } |
5298 | // Member name |
5299 | B.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Alloc.CopyString(String: Name->getName())); |
5300 | // Function argument list |
5301 | if (ArgTypes) { |
5302 | B.AddChunk(CK: clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
5303 | bool First = true; |
5304 | for (QualType Arg : *ArgTypes) { |
5305 | if (First) |
5306 | First = false; |
5307 | else { |
5308 | B.AddChunk(CK: clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
5309 | B.AddChunk(CK: clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
5310 | } |
5311 | B.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: Alloc.CopyString( |
5312 | String: Arg.getAsString(Policy: getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S)))); |
5313 | } |
5314 | B.AddChunk(CK: clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
5315 | } |
5316 | return B.TakeString(); |
5317 | } |
5318 | }; |
5319 | |
5320 | // BaseType is the type parameter T to infer members from. |
5321 | // T must be accessible within S, as we use it to find the template entity |
5322 | // that T is attached to in order to gather the relevant constraints. |
5323 | ConceptInfo(const TemplateTypeParmType &BaseType, Scope *S) { |
5324 | auto *TemplatedEntity = getTemplatedEntity(D: BaseType.getDecl(), S); |
5325 | for (const Expr *E : constraintsForTemplatedEntity(DC: TemplatedEntity)) |
5326 | believe(E, T: &BaseType); |
5327 | } |
5328 | |
5329 | std::vector<Member> members() { |
5330 | std::vector<Member> Results; |
5331 | for (const auto &E : this->Results) |
5332 | Results.push_back(x: E.second); |
5333 | llvm::sort(C&: Results, Comp: [](const Member &L, const Member &R) { |
5334 | return L.Name->getName() < R.Name->getName(); |
5335 | }); |
5336 | return Results; |
5337 | } |
5338 | |
5339 | private: |
5340 | // Infer members of T, given that the expression E (dependent on T) is true. |
5341 | void believe(const Expr *E, const TemplateTypeParmType *T) { |
5342 | if (!E || !T) |
5343 | return; |
5344 | if (auto *CSE = dyn_cast<ConceptSpecializationExpr>(Val: E)) { |
5345 | // If the concept is |
5346 | // template <class A, class B> concept CD = f<A, B>(); |
5347 | // And the concept specialization is |
5348 | // CD<int, T> |
5349 | // Then we're substituting T for B, so we want to make f<A, B>() true |
5350 | // by adding members to B - i.e. believe(f<A, B>(), B); |
5351 | // |
5352 | // For simplicity: |
5353 | // - we don't attempt to substitute int for A |
5354 | // - when T is used in other ways (like CD<T*>) we ignore it |
5355 | ConceptDecl *CD = CSE->getNamedConcept(); |
5356 | TemplateParameterList *Params = CD->getTemplateParameters(); |
5357 | unsigned Index = 0; |
5358 | for (const auto &Arg : CSE->getTemplateArguments()) { |
5359 | if (Index >= Params->size()) |
5360 | break; // Won't happen in valid code. |
5361 | if (isApprox(Arg, T)) { |
5362 | auto *TTPD = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Val: Params->getParam(Idx: Index)); |
5363 | if (!TTPD) |
5364 | continue; |
5365 | // T was used as an argument, and bound to the parameter TT. |
5366 | auto *TT = cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(TTPD->getTypeForDecl()); |
5367 | // So now we know the constraint as a function of TT is true. |
5368 | believe(E: CD->getConstraintExpr(), T: TT); |
5369 | // (concepts themselves have no associated constraints to require) |
5370 | } |
5371 | |
5372 | ++Index; |
5373 | } |
5374 | } else if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: E)) { |
5375 | // For A && B, we can infer members from both branches. |
5376 | // For A || B, the union is still more useful than the intersection. |
5377 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd || BO->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) { |
5378 | believe(E: BO->getLHS(), T); |
5379 | believe(E: BO->getRHS(), T); |
5380 | } |
5381 | } else if (auto *RE = dyn_cast<RequiresExpr>(Val: E)) { |
5382 | // A requires(){...} lets us infer members from each requirement. |
5383 | for (const concepts::Requirement *Req : RE->getRequirements()) { |
5384 | if (!Req->isDependent()) |
5385 | continue; // Can't tell us anything about T. |
5386 | // Now Req cannot a substitution-error: those aren't dependent. |
5387 | |
5388 | if (auto *TR = dyn_cast<concepts::TypeRequirement>(Val: Req)) { |
5389 | // Do a full traversal so we get `foo` from `typename T::foo::bar`. |
5390 | QualType AssertedType = TR->getType()->getType(); |
5391 | ValidVisitor(this, T).TraverseType(T: AssertedType); |
5392 | } else if (auto *ER = dyn_cast<concepts::ExprRequirement>(Val: Req)) { |
5393 | ValidVisitor Visitor(this, T); |
5394 | // If we have a type constraint on the value of the expression, |
5395 | // AND the whole outer expression describes a member, then we'll |
5396 | // be able to use the constraint to provide the return type. |
5397 | if (ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().isTypeConstraint()) { |
5398 | Visitor.OuterType = |
5399 | ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().getTypeConstraint(); |
5400 | Visitor.OuterExpr = ER->getExpr(); |
5401 | } |
5402 | Visitor.TraverseStmt(ER->getExpr()); |
5403 | } else if (auto *NR = dyn_cast<concepts::NestedRequirement>(Val: Req)) { |
5404 | believe(E: NR->getConstraintExpr(), T); |
5405 | } |
5406 | } |
5407 | } |
5408 | } |
5409 | |
5410 | // This visitor infers members of T based on traversing expressions/types |
5411 | // that involve T. It is invoked with code known to be valid for T. |
5412 | class ValidVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ValidVisitor> { |
5413 | ConceptInfo *Outer; |
5414 | const TemplateTypeParmType *T; |
5415 | |
5416 | CallExpr *Caller = nullptr; |
5417 | Expr *Callee = nullptr; |
5418 | |
5419 | public: |
5420 | // If set, OuterExpr is constrained by OuterType. |
5421 | Expr *OuterExpr = nullptr; |
5422 | const TypeConstraint *OuterType = nullptr; |
5423 | |
5424 | ValidVisitor(ConceptInfo *Outer, const TemplateTypeParmType *T) |
5425 | : Outer(Outer), T(T) { |
5426 | assert(T); |
5427 | } |
5428 | |
5429 | // In T.foo or T->foo, `foo` is a member function/variable. |
5430 | bool VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) { |
5431 | const Type *Base = E->getBaseType().getTypePtr(); |
5432 | bool IsArrow = E->isArrow(); |
5433 | if (Base->isPointerType() && IsArrow) { |
5434 | IsArrow = false; |
5435 | Base = Base->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
5436 | } |
5437 | if (isApprox(Base, T)) |
5438 | addValue(E, E->getMember(), IsArrow ? Member::Arrow : Member::Dot); |
5439 | return true; |
5440 | } |
5441 | |
5442 | // In T::foo, `foo` is a static member function/variable. |
5443 | bool VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) { |
5444 | if (E->getQualifier() && isApprox(E->getQualifier()->getAsType(), T)) |
5445 | addValue(E, E->getDeclName(), Member::Colons); |
5446 | return true; |
5447 | } |
5448 | |
5449 | // In T::typename foo, `foo` is a type. |
5450 | bool VisitDependentNameType(DependentNameType *DNT) { |
5451 | const auto *Q = DNT->getQualifier(); |
5452 | if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T)) |
5453 | addType(Name: DNT->getIdentifier()); |
5454 | return true; |
5455 | } |
5456 | |
5457 | // In T::foo::bar, `foo` must be a type. |
5458 | // VisitNNS() doesn't exist, and TraverseNNS isn't always called :-( |
5459 | bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSL) { |
5460 | if (NNSL) { |
5461 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NNSL.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
5462 | const auto *Q = NNS->getPrefix(); |
5463 | if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T)) |
5464 | addType(Name: NNS->getAsIdentifier()); |
5465 | } |
5466 | // FIXME: also handle T::foo<X>::bar |
5467 | return RecursiveASTVisitor::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNS: NNSL); |
5468 | } |
5469 | |
5470 | // FIXME also handle T::foo<X> |
5471 | |
5472 | // Track the innermost caller/callee relationship so we can tell if a |
5473 | // nested expr is being called as a function. |
5474 | bool VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) { |
5475 | Caller = CE; |
5476 | Callee = CE->getCallee(); |
5477 | return true; |
5478 | } |
5479 | |
5480 | private: |
5481 | void addResult(Member &&M) { |
5482 | auto R = Outer->Results.try_emplace(Key: M.Name); |
5483 | Member &O = R.first->second; |
5484 | // Overwrite existing if the new member has more info. |
5485 | // The preference of . vs :: vs -> is fairly arbitrary. |
5486 | if (/*Inserted*/ R.second || |
5487 | std::make_tuple(args: M.ArgTypes.has_value(), args: M.ResultType != nullptr, |
5488 | args&: M.Operator) > std::make_tuple(args: O.ArgTypes.has_value(), |
5489 | args: O.ResultType != nullptr, |
5490 | args&: O.Operator)) |
5491 | O = std::move(M); |
5492 | } |
5493 | |
5494 | void addType(const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5495 | if (!Name) |
5496 | return; |
5497 | Member M; |
5498 | M.Name = Name; |
5499 | M.Operator = Member::Colons; |
5500 | addResult(M: std::move(M)); |
5501 | } |
5502 | |
5503 | void addValue(Expr *E, DeclarationName Name, |
5504 | Member::AccessOperator Operator) { |
5505 | if (!Name.isIdentifier()) |
5506 | return; |
5507 | Member Result; |
5508 | Result.Name = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
5509 | Result.Operator = Operator; |
5510 | // If this is the callee of an immediately-enclosing CallExpr, then |
5511 | // treat it as a method, otherwise it's a variable. |
5512 | if (Caller != nullptr && Callee == E) { |
5513 | Result.ArgTypes.emplace(); |
5514 | for (const auto *Arg : Caller->arguments()) |
5515 | Result.ArgTypes->push_back(Elt: Arg->getType()); |
5516 | if (Caller == OuterExpr) { |
5517 | Result.ResultType = OuterType; |
5518 | } |
5519 | } else { |
5520 | if (E == OuterExpr) |
5521 | Result.ResultType = OuterType; |
5522 | } |
5523 | addResult(M: std::move(Result)); |
5524 | } |
5525 | }; |
5526 | |
5527 | static bool isApprox(const TemplateArgument &Arg, const Type *T) { |
5528 | return Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type && |
5529 | isApprox(T1: Arg.getAsType().getTypePtr(), T2: T); |
5530 | } |
5531 | |
5532 | static bool isApprox(const Type *T1, const Type *T2) { |
5533 | return T1 && T2 && |
5534 | T1->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() == |
5535 | T2->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified(); |
5536 | } |
5537 | |
5538 | // Returns the DeclContext immediately enclosed by the template parameter |
5539 | // scope. For primary templates, this is the templated (e.g.) CXXRecordDecl. |
5540 | // For specializations, this is e.g. ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl. |
5541 | static DeclContext *getTemplatedEntity(const TemplateTypeParmDecl *D, |
5542 | Scope *S) { |
5543 | if (D == nullptr) |
5544 | return nullptr; |
5545 | Scope *Inner = nullptr; |
5546 | while (S) { |
5547 | if (S->isTemplateParamScope() && S->isDeclScope(D)) |
5548 | return Inner ? Inner->getEntity() : nullptr; |
5549 | Inner = S; |
5550 | S = S->getParent(); |
5551 | } |
5552 | return nullptr; |
5553 | } |
5554 | |
5555 | // Gets all the type constraint expressions that might apply to the type |
5556 | // variables associated with DC (as returned by getTemplatedEntity()). |
5557 | static SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> |
5558 | constraintsForTemplatedEntity(DeclContext *DC) { |
5559 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> Result; |
5560 | if (DC == nullptr) |
5561 | return Result; |
5562 | // Primary templates can have constraints. |
5563 | if (const auto *TD = cast<Decl>(Val: DC)->getDescribedTemplate()) |
5564 | TD->getAssociatedConstraints(AC&: Result); |
5565 | // Partial specializations may have constraints. |
5566 | if (const auto *CTPSD = |
5567 | dyn_cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Val: DC)) |
5568 | CTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(AC&: Result); |
5569 | if (const auto *VTPSD = dyn_cast<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Val: DC)) |
5570 | VTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(AC&: Result); |
5571 | return Result; |
5572 | } |
5573 | |
5574 | // Attempt to find the unique type satisfying a constraint. |
5575 | // This lets us show e.g. `int` instead of `std::same_as<int>`. |
5576 | static QualType deduceType(const TypeConstraint &T) { |
5577 | // Assume a same_as<T> return type constraint is std::same_as or equivalent. |
5578 | // In this case the return type is T. |
5579 | DeclarationName DN = T.getNamedConcept()->getDeclName(); |
5580 | if (DN.isIdentifier() && DN.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr(Str: "same_as" )) |
5581 | if (const auto *Args = T.getTemplateArgsAsWritten()) |
5582 | if (Args->getNumTemplateArgs() == 1) { |
5583 | const auto &Arg = Args->arguments().front().getArgument(); |
5584 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) |
5585 | return Arg.getAsType(); |
5586 | } |
5587 | return {}; |
5588 | } |
5589 | |
5590 | llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo *, Member> Results; |
5591 | }; |
5592 | |
5593 | // Returns a type for E that yields acceptable member completions. |
5594 | // In particular, when E->getType() is DependentTy, try to guess a likely type. |
5595 | // We accept some lossiness (like dropping parameters). |
5596 | // We only try to handle common expressions on the LHS of MemberExpr. |
5597 | QualType getApproximateType(const Expr *E) { |
5598 | if (E->getType().isNull()) |
5599 | return QualType(); |
5600 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
5601 | QualType Unresolved = E->getType(); |
5602 | // We only resolve DependentTy, or undeduced autos (including auto* etc). |
5603 | if (!Unresolved->isSpecificBuiltinType(K: BuiltinType::Dependent)) { |
5604 | AutoType *Auto = Unresolved->getContainedAutoType(); |
5605 | if (!Auto || !Auto->isUndeducedAutoType()) |
5606 | return Unresolved; |
5607 | } |
5608 | // A call: approximate-resolve callee to a function type, get its return type |
5609 | if (const CallExpr *CE = llvm::dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Val: E)) { |
5610 | QualType Callee = getApproximateType(E: CE->getCallee()); |
5611 | if (Callee.isNull() || |
5612 | Callee->isSpecificPlaceholderType(K: BuiltinType::BoundMember)) |
5613 | Callee = Expr::findBoundMemberType(expr: CE->getCallee()); |
5614 | if (Callee.isNull()) |
5615 | return Unresolved; |
5616 | |
5617 | if (const auto *FnTypePtr = Callee->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
5618 | Callee = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType(); |
5619 | } else if (const auto *BPT = Callee->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
5620 | Callee = BPT->getPointeeType(); |
5621 | } |
5622 | if (const FunctionType *FnType = Callee->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
5623 | return FnType->getReturnType().getNonReferenceType(); |
5624 | |
5625 | // Unresolved call: try to guess the return type. |
5626 | if (const auto *OE = llvm::dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Val: CE->getCallee())) { |
5627 | // If all candidates have the same approximate return type, use it. |
5628 | // Discard references and const to allow more to be "the same". |
5629 | // (In particular, if there's one candidate + ADL, resolve it). |
5630 | const Type *Common = nullptr; |
5631 | for (const auto *D : OE->decls()) { |
5632 | QualType ReturnType; |
5633 | if (const auto *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: D)) |
5634 | ReturnType = FD->getReturnType(); |
5635 | else if (const auto *FTD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: D)) |
5636 | ReturnType = FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getReturnType(); |
5637 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) |
5638 | continue; |
5639 | const Type *Candidate = |
5640 | ReturnType.getNonReferenceType().getCanonicalType().getTypePtr(); |
5641 | if (Common && Common != Candidate) |
5642 | return Unresolved; // Multiple candidates. |
5643 | Common = Candidate; |
5644 | } |
5645 | if (Common != nullptr) |
5646 | return QualType(Common, 0); |
5647 | } |
5648 | } |
5649 | // A dependent member: approximate-resolve the base, then lookup. |
5650 | if (const auto *CDSME = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(Val: E)) { |
5651 | QualType Base = CDSME->isImplicitAccess() |
5652 | ? CDSME->getBaseType() |
5653 | : getApproximateType(E: CDSME->getBase()); |
5654 | if (CDSME->isArrow() && !Base.isNull()) |
5655 | Base = Base->getPointeeType(); // could handle unique_ptr etc here? |
5656 | auto *RD = |
5657 | Base.isNull() |
5658 | ? nullptr |
5659 | : llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: getAsRecordDecl(BaseType: Base)); |
5660 | if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) { |
5661 | // Look up member heuristically, including in bases. |
5662 | for (const auto *Member : RD->lookupDependentName( |
5663 | Name: CDSME->getMember(), Filter: [](const NamedDecl *Member) { |
5664 | return llvm::isa<ValueDecl>(Val: Member); |
5665 | })) { |
5666 | return llvm::cast<ValueDecl>(Val: Member)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); |
5667 | } |
5668 | } |
5669 | } |
5670 | // A reference to an `auto` variable: approximate-resolve its initializer. |
5671 | if (const auto *DRE = llvm::dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E)) { |
5672 | if (const auto *VD = llvm::dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl())) { |
5673 | if (VD->hasInit()) |
5674 | return getApproximateType(E: VD->getInit()); |
5675 | } |
5676 | } |
5677 | return Unresolved; |
5678 | } |
5679 | |
5680 | // If \p Base is ParenListExpr, assume a chain of comma operators and pick the |
5681 | // last expr. We expect other ParenListExprs to be resolved to e.g. constructor |
5682 | // calls before here. (So the ParenListExpr should be nonempty, but check just |
5683 | // in case) |
5684 | Expr *unwrapParenList(Expr *Base) { |
5685 | if (auto *PLE = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Val: Base)) { |
5686 | if (PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) |
5687 | return nullptr; |
5688 | Base = PLE->getExpr(Init: PLE->getNumExprs() - 1); |
5689 | } |
5690 | return Base; |
5691 | } |
5692 | |
5693 | } // namespace |
5694 | |
5695 | void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5696 | Expr *OtherOpBase, |
5697 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
5698 | bool IsBaseExprStatement, |
5699 | QualType PreferredType) { |
5700 | Base = unwrapParenList(Base); |
5701 | OtherOpBase = unwrapParenList(Base: OtherOpBase); |
5702 | if (!Base || !CodeCompleter) |
5703 | return; |
5704 | |
5705 | ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow); |
5706 | if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid()) |
5707 | return; |
5708 | QualType ConvertedBaseType = getApproximateType(E: ConvertedBase.get()); |
5709 | |
5710 | enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind contextKind; |
5711 | |
5712 | if (IsArrow) { |
5713 | if (const auto *Ptr = ConvertedBaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
5714 | ConvertedBaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
5715 | } |
5716 | |
5717 | if (IsArrow) { |
5718 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ArrowMemberAccess; |
5719 | } else { |
5720 | if (ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
5721 | ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { |
5722 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess; |
5723 | } else { |
5724 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess; |
5725 | } |
5726 | } |
5727 | |
5728 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext(contextKind, ConvertedBaseType); |
5729 | CCContext.setPreferredType(PreferredType); |
5730 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
5731 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext, |
5732 | &ResultBuilder::IsMember); |
5733 | |
5734 | auto DoCompletion = [&](Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, |
5735 | std::optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) -> bool { |
5736 | if (!Base) |
5737 | return false; |
5738 | |
5739 | ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow); |
5740 | if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid()) |
5741 | return false; |
5742 | Base = ConvertedBase.get(); |
5743 | |
5744 | QualType BaseType = getApproximateType(E: Base); |
5745 | if (BaseType.isNull()) |
5746 | return false; |
5747 | ExprValueKind BaseKind = Base->getValueKind(); |
5748 | |
5749 | if (IsArrow) { |
5750 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
5751 | BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
5752 | BaseKind = VK_LValue; |
5753 | } else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
5754 | BaseType->isTemplateTypeParmType()) { |
5755 | // Both cases (dot/arrow) handled below. |
5756 | } else { |
5757 | return false; |
5758 | } |
5759 | } |
5760 | |
5761 | if (RecordDecl *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType)) { |
5762 | AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(SemaRef&: *this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind, |
5763 | RD, AccessOpFixIt: std::move(AccessOpFixIt)); |
5764 | } else if (const auto *TTPT = |
5765 | dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Val: BaseType.getTypePtr())) { |
5766 | auto Operator = |
5767 | IsArrow ? ConceptInfo::Member::Arrow : ConceptInfo::Member::Dot; |
5768 | for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) { |
5769 | if (R.Operator != Operator) |
5770 | continue; |
5771 | CodeCompletionResult Result( |
5772 | R.render(S&: *this, Alloc&: CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
5773 | Info&: CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo())); |
5774 | if (AccessOpFixIt) |
5775 | Result.FixIts.push_back(x: *AccessOpFixIt); |
5776 | Results.AddResult(R: std::move(Result)); |
5777 | } |
5778 | } else if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
5779 | // Objective-C property reference. Bail if we're performing fix-it code |
5780 | // completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by ivars, |
5781 | // most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value. |
5782 | if (AccessOpFixIt) { |
5783 | return false; |
5784 | } |
5785 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; |
5786 | |
5787 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr = |
5788 | BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { |
5789 | // Add property results based on our interface. |
5790 | assert(ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!" ); |
5791 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, |
5792 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, |
5793 | AddedProperties, Results, IsBaseExprStatement); |
5794 | } |
5795 | |
5796 | // Add properties from the protocols in a qualified interface. |
5797 | for (auto *I : BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->quals()) |
5798 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, true, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, |
5799 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
5800 | IsBaseExprStatement, /*IsClassProperty*/ false, |
5801 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
5802 | } else if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || |
5803 | (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) { |
5804 | // Objective-C instance variable access. Bail if we're performing fix-it |
5805 | // code completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by |
5806 | // ivars, most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value. |
5807 | if (AccessOpFixIt) { |
5808 | return false; |
5809 | } |
5810 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr; |
5811 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr = |
5812 | BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
5813 | Class = ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(); |
5814 | else |
5815 | Class = BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface(); |
5816 | |
5817 | // Add all ivars from this class and its superclasses. |
5818 | if (Class) { |
5819 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Class, BaseType); |
5820 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar); |
5821 | LookupVisibleDecls( |
5822 | Class, LookupMemberName, Consumer, CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
5823 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/false, CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
5824 | } |
5825 | } |
5826 | |
5827 | // FIXME: How do we cope with isa? |
5828 | return true; |
5829 | }; |
5830 | |
5831 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
5832 | |
5833 | bool CompletionSucceded = DoCompletion(Base, IsArrow, std::nullopt); |
5834 | if (CodeCompleter->includeFixIts()) { |
5835 | const CharSourceRange OpRange = |
5836 | CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(B: OpLoc, E: OpLoc); |
5837 | CompletionSucceded |= DoCompletion( |
5838 | OtherOpBase, !IsArrow, |
5839 | FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RemoveRange: OpRange, Code: IsArrow ? "." : "->" )); |
5840 | } |
5841 | |
5842 | Results.ExitScope(); |
5843 | |
5844 | if (!CompletionSucceded) |
5845 | return; |
5846 | |
5847 | // Hand off the results found for code completion. |
5848 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
5849 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
5850 | } |
5851 | |
5852 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, |
5853 | IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
5854 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
5855 | bool IsBaseExprStatement) { |
5856 | IdentifierInfo *ClassNamePtr = &ClassName; |
5857 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(Id&: ClassNamePtr, IdLoc: ClassNameLoc); |
5858 | if (!IFace) |
5859 | return; |
5860 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext( |
5861 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess); |
5862 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
5863 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext, |
5864 | &ResultBuilder::IsMember); |
5865 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
5866 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; |
5867 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace, true, |
5868 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, AddedProperties, |
5869 | Results, IsBaseExprStatement, |
5870 | /*IsClassProperty=*/true); |
5871 | Results.ExitScope(); |
5872 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
5873 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
5874 | } |
5875 | |
5876 | void Sema::CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec) { |
5877 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
5878 | return; |
5879 | |
5880 | ResultBuilder::LookupFilter Filter = nullptr; |
5881 | enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind ContextKind = |
5882 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other; |
5883 | switch ((DeclSpec::TST)TagSpec) { |
5884 | case DeclSpec::TST_enum: |
5885 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsEnum; |
5886 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_EnumTag; |
5887 | break; |
5888 | |
5889 | case DeclSpec::TST_union: |
5890 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsUnion; |
5891 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_UnionTag; |
5892 | break; |
5893 | |
5894 | case DeclSpec::TST_struct: |
5895 | case DeclSpec::TST_class: |
5896 | case DeclSpec::TST_interface: |
5897 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct; |
5898 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassOrStructTag; |
5899 | break; |
5900 | |
5901 | default: |
5902 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown type specifier kind in CodeCompleteTag" ); |
5903 | } |
5904 | |
5905 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
5906 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), ContextKind); |
5907 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
5908 | |
5909 | // First pass: look for tags. |
5910 | Results.setFilter(Filter); |
5911 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupTagName, Consumer, |
5912 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
5913 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
5914 | |
5915 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
5916 | // Second pass: look for nested name specifiers. |
5917 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier); |
5918 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer, |
5919 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
5920 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
5921 | } |
5922 | |
5923 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
5924 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
5925 | } |
5926 | |
5927 | static void AddTypeQualifierResults(DeclSpec &DS, ResultBuilder &Results, |
5928 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
5929 | if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)) |
5930 | Results.AddResult(R: "const" ); |
5931 | if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)) |
5932 | Results.AddResult(R: "volatile" ); |
5933 | if (LangOpts.C99 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)) |
5934 | Results.AddResult(R: "restrict" ); |
5935 | if (LangOpts.C11 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)) |
5936 | Results.AddResult(R: "_Atomic" ); |
5937 | if (LangOpts.MSVCCompat && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)) |
5938 | Results.AddResult(R: "__unaligned" ); |
5939 | } |
5940 | |
5941 | void Sema::CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS) { |
5942 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
5943 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
5944 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers); |
5945 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
5946 | AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts); |
5947 | Results.ExitScope(); |
5948 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
5949 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
5950 | } |
5951 | |
5952 | void Sema::CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
5953 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS) { |
5954 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
5955 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
5956 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers); |
5957 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
5958 | AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts); |
5959 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { |
5960 | Results.AddResult(R: "noexcept" ); |
5961 | if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Member && !D.isCtorOrDtor() && |
5962 | !D.isStaticMember()) { |
5963 | if (!VS || !VS->isFinalSpecified()) |
5964 | Results.AddResult(R: "final" ); |
5965 | if (!VS || !VS->isOverrideSpecified()) |
5966 | Results.AddResult(R: "override" ); |
5967 | } |
5968 | } |
5969 | Results.ExitScope(); |
5970 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
5971 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
5972 | } |
5973 | |
5974 | void Sema::CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S) { |
5975 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType: QualType(getASTContext().getSizeType())); |
5976 | } |
5977 | |
5978 | void Sema::CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S) { |
5979 | if (getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty() || !CodeCompleter) |
5980 | return; |
5981 | |
5982 | SwitchStmt *Switch = getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.back().getPointer(); |
5983 | // Condition expression might be invalid, do not continue in this case. |
5984 | if (!Switch->getCond()) |
5985 | return; |
5986 | QualType type = Switch->getCond()->IgnoreImplicit()->getType(); |
5987 | if (!type->isEnumeralType()) { |
5988 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data(type); |
5989 | Data.IntegralConstantExpression = true; |
5990 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); |
5991 | return; |
5992 | } |
5993 | |
5994 | // Code-complete the cases of a switch statement over an enumeration type |
5995 | // by providing the list of |
5996 | EnumDecl *Enum = type->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); |
5997 | if (EnumDecl *Def = Enum->getDefinition()) |
5998 | Enum = Def; |
5999 | |
6000 | // Determine which enumerators we have already seen in the switch statement. |
6001 | // FIXME: Ideally, we would also be able to look *past* the code-completion |
6002 | // token, in case we are code-completing in the middle of the switch and not |
6003 | // at the end. However, we aren't able to do so at the moment. |
6004 | CoveredEnumerators Enumerators; |
6005 | for (SwitchCase *SC = Switch->getSwitchCaseList(); SC; |
6006 | SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) { |
6007 | CaseStmt *Case = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(Val: SC); |
6008 | if (!Case) |
6009 | continue; |
6010 | |
6011 | Expr *CaseVal = Case->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
6012 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: CaseVal)) |
6013 | if (auto *Enumerator = |
6014 | dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl())) { |
6015 | // We look into the AST of the case statement to determine which |
6016 | // enumerator was named. Alternatively, we could compute the value of |
6017 | // the integral constant expression, then compare it against the |
6018 | // values of each enumerator. However, value-based approach would not |
6019 | // work as well with C++ templates where enumerators declared within a |
6020 | // template are type- and value-dependent. |
6021 | Enumerators.Seen.insert(Ptr: Enumerator); |
6022 | |
6023 | // If this is a qualified-id, keep track of the nested-name-specifier |
6024 | // so that we can reproduce it as part of code completion, e.g., |
6025 | // |
6026 | // switch (TagD.getKind()) { |
6027 | // case TagDecl::TK_enum: |
6028 | // break; |
6029 | // case XXX |
6030 | // |
6031 | // At the XXX, our completions are TagDecl::TK_union, |
6032 | // TagDecl::TK_struct, and TagDecl::TK_class, rather than TK_union, |
6033 | // TK_struct, and TK_class. |
6034 | Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier = DRE->getQualifier(); |
6035 | } |
6036 | } |
6037 | |
6038 | // Add any enumerators that have not yet been mentioned. |
6039 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6040 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
6041 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression); |
6042 | AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, Enumerators); |
6043 | |
6044 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) { |
6045 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, LoadExternal: CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), IncludeUndefined: false); |
6046 | } |
6047 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
6048 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
6049 | } |
6050 | |
6051 | static bool anyNullArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { |
6052 | if (Args.size() && !Args.data()) |
6053 | return true; |
6054 | |
6055 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != Args.size(); ++I) |
6056 | if (!Args[I]) |
6057 | return true; |
6058 | |
6059 | return false; |
6060 | } |
6061 | |
6062 | typedef CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate ResultCandidate; |
6063 | |
6064 | static void mergeCandidatesWithResults( |
6065 | Sema &SemaRef, SmallVectorImpl<ResultCandidate> &Results, |
6066 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, SourceLocation Loc, size_t ArgSize) { |
6067 | // Sort the overload candidate set by placing the best overloads first. |
6068 | llvm::stable_sort(Range&: CandidateSet, C: [&](const OverloadCandidate &X, |
6069 | const OverloadCandidate &Y) { |
6070 | return isBetterOverloadCandidate(S&: SemaRef, Cand1: X, Cand2: Y, Loc, |
6071 | Kind: CandidateSet.getKind()); |
6072 | }); |
6073 | |
6074 | // Add the remaining viable overload candidates as code-completion results. |
6075 | for (OverloadCandidate &Candidate : CandidateSet) { |
6076 | if (Candidate.Function) { |
6077 | if (Candidate.Function->isDeleted()) |
6078 | continue; |
6079 | if (shouldEnforceArgLimit(/*PartialOverloading=*/true, |
6080 | Function: Candidate.Function) && |
6081 | Candidate.Function->getNumParams() <= ArgSize && |
6082 | // Having zero args is annoying, normally we don't surface a function |
6083 | // with 2 params, if you already have 2 params, because you are |
6084 | // inserting the 3rd now. But with zero, it helps the user to figure |
6085 | // out there are no overloads that take any arguments. Hence we are |
6086 | // keeping the overload. |
6087 | ArgSize > 0) |
6088 | continue; |
6089 | } |
6090 | if (Candidate.Viable) |
6091 | Results.push_back(Elt: ResultCandidate(Candidate.Function)); |
6092 | } |
6093 | } |
6094 | |
6095 | /// Get the type of the Nth parameter from a given set of overload |
6096 | /// candidates. |
6097 | static QualType getParamType(Sema &SemaRef, |
6098 | ArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, unsigned N) { |
6099 | |
6100 | // Given the overloads 'Candidates' for a function call matching all arguments |
6101 | // up to N, return the type of the Nth parameter if it is the same for all |
6102 | // overload candidates. |
6103 | QualType ParamType; |
6104 | for (auto &Candidate : Candidates) { |
6105 | QualType CandidateParamType = Candidate.getParamType(N); |
6106 | if (CandidateParamType.isNull()) |
6107 | continue; |
6108 | if (ParamType.isNull()) { |
6109 | ParamType = CandidateParamType; |
6110 | continue; |
6111 | } |
6112 | if (!SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( |
6113 | T1: ParamType.getNonReferenceType(), |
6114 | T2: CandidateParamType.getNonReferenceType())) |
6115 | // Two conflicting types, give up. |
6116 | return QualType(); |
6117 | } |
6118 | |
6119 | return ParamType; |
6120 | } |
6121 | |
6122 | static QualType |
6123 | ProduceSignatureHelp(Sema &SemaRef, MutableArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, |
6124 | unsigned CurrentArg, SourceLocation OpenParLoc, |
6125 | bool Braced) { |
6126 | if (Candidates.empty()) |
6127 | return QualType(); |
6128 | if (SemaRef.getPreprocessor().isCodeCompletionReached()) |
6129 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->ProcessOverloadCandidates( |
6130 | S&: SemaRef, CurrentArg, Candidates: Candidates.data(), NumCandidates: Candidates.size(), OpenParLoc, |
6131 | Braced); |
6132 | return getParamType(SemaRef, Candidates, N: CurrentArg); |
6133 | } |
6134 | |
6135 | // Given a callee expression `Fn`, if the call is through a function pointer, |
6136 | // try to find the declaration of the corresponding function pointer type, |
6137 | // so that we can recover argument names from it. |
6138 | static FunctionProtoTypeLoc GetPrototypeLoc(Expr *Fn) { |
6139 | TypeLoc Target; |
6140 | if (const auto *T = Fn->getType().getTypePtr()->getAs<TypedefType>()) { |
6141 | Target = T->getDecl()->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); |
6142 | |
6143 | } else if (const auto *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: Fn)) { |
6144 | const auto *D = DR->getDecl(); |
6145 | if (const auto *const VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: D)) { |
6146 | Target = VD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); |
6147 | } |
6148 | } |
6149 | |
6150 | if (!Target) |
6151 | return {}; |
6152 | |
6153 | // Unwrap types that may be wrapping the function type |
6154 | while (true) { |
6155 | if (auto P = Target.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { |
6156 | Target = P.getPointeeLoc(); |
6157 | continue; |
6158 | } |
6159 | if (auto A = Target.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) { |
6160 | Target = A.getModifiedLoc(); |
6161 | continue; |
6162 | } |
6163 | if (auto P = Target.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { |
6164 | Target = P.getInnerLoc(); |
6165 | continue; |
6166 | } |
6167 | break; |
6168 | } |
6169 | |
6170 | if (auto F = Target.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>()) { |
6171 | return F; |
6172 | } |
6173 | |
6174 | return {}; |
6175 | } |
6176 | |
6177 | QualType Sema::ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6178 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { |
6179 | Fn = unwrapParenList(Base: Fn); |
6180 | if (!CodeCompleter || !Fn) |
6181 | return QualType(); |
6182 | |
6183 | // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template functions. |
6184 | // Ignore type-dependent call expressions entirely. |
6185 | if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || anyNullArguments(Args)) |
6186 | return QualType(); |
6187 | // In presence of dependent args we surface all possible signatures using the |
6188 | // non-dependent args in the prefix. Afterwards we do a post filtering to make |
6189 | // sure provided candidates satisfy parameter count restrictions. |
6190 | auto ArgsWithoutDependentTypes = |
6191 | Args.take_while(Pred: [](Expr *Arg) { return !Arg->isTypeDependent(); }); |
6192 | |
6193 | SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results; |
6194 | |
6195 | Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
6196 | // Build an overload candidate set based on the functions we find. |
6197 | SourceLocation Loc = Fn->getExprLoc(); |
6198 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
6199 | |
6200 | if (auto ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Val: NakedFn)) { |
6201 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args: ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet, |
6202 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
6203 | } else if (auto UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Val: NakedFn)) { |
6204 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; |
6205 | if (UME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
6206 | UME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); |
6207 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; |
6208 | } |
6209 | |
6210 | // Add the base as first argument (use a nullptr if the base is implicit). |
6211 | SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs( |
6212 | 1, UME->isImplicitAccess() ? nullptr : UME->getBase()); |
6213 | ArgExprs.append(in_start: ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(), |
6214 | in_end: ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end()); |
6215 | UnresolvedSet<8> Decls; |
6216 | Decls.append(I: UME->decls_begin(), E: UME->decls_end()); |
6217 | const bool FirstArgumentIsBase = !UME->isImplicitAccess() && UME->getBase(); |
6218 | AddFunctionCandidates(Functions: Decls, Args: ArgExprs, CandidateSet, ExplicitTemplateArgs: TemplateArgs, |
6219 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
6220 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true, FirstArgumentIsBase); |
6221 | } else { |
6222 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; |
6223 | if (auto *MCE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: NakedFn)) |
6224 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: MCE->getMemberDecl()); |
6225 | else if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: NakedFn)) |
6226 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl()); |
6227 | if (FD) { // We check whether it's a resolved function declaration. |
6228 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
6229 | !FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
6230 | Results.push_back(Elt: ResultCandidate(FD)); |
6231 | else |
6232 | AddOverloadCandidate(Function: FD, FoundDecl: DeclAccessPair::make(D: FD, AS: FD->getAccess()), |
6233 | Args: ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet, |
6234 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
6235 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
6236 | |
6237 | } else if (auto DC = NakedFn->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { |
6238 | // If expression's type is CXXRecordDecl, it may overload the function |
6239 | // call operator, so we check if it does and add them as candidates. |
6240 | // A complete type is needed to lookup for member function call operators. |
6241 | if (isCompleteType(Loc, T: NakedFn->getType())) { |
6242 | DeclarationName OpName = |
6243 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op: OO_Call); |
6244 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
6245 | LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); |
6246 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
6247 | SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(1, NakedFn); |
6248 | ArgExprs.append(in_start: ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(), |
6249 | in_end: ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end()); |
6250 | AddFunctionCandidates(Functions: R.asUnresolvedSet(), Args: ArgExprs, CandidateSet, |
6251 | /*ExplicitArgs=*/ExplicitTemplateArgs: nullptr, |
6252 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
6253 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
6254 | } |
6255 | } else { |
6256 | // Lastly we check whether expression's type is function pointer or |
6257 | // function. |
6258 | |
6259 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc P = GetPrototypeLoc(Fn: NakedFn); |
6260 | QualType T = NakedFn->getType(); |
6261 | if (!T->getPointeeType().isNull()) |
6262 | T = T->getPointeeType(); |
6263 | |
6264 | if (auto FP = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
6265 | if (!TooManyArguments(NumParams: FP->getNumParams(), |
6266 | NumArgs: ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.size(), |
6267 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true) || |
6268 | FP->isVariadic()) { |
6269 | if (P) { |
6270 | Results.push_back(Elt: ResultCandidate(P)); |
6271 | } else { |
6272 | Results.push_back(Elt: ResultCandidate(FP)); |
6273 | } |
6274 | } |
6275 | } else if (auto FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6276 | // No prototype and declaration, it may be a K & R style function. |
6277 | Results.push_back(Elt: ResultCandidate(FT)); |
6278 | } |
6279 | } |
6280 | mergeCandidatesWithResults(SemaRef&: *this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, ArgSize: Args.size()); |
6281 | QualType ParamType = ProduceSignatureHelp(SemaRef&: *this, Candidates: Results, CurrentArg: Args.size(), |
6282 | OpenParLoc, /*Braced=*/false); |
6283 | return !CandidateSet.empty() ? ParamType : QualType(); |
6284 | } |
6285 | |
6286 | // Determine which param to continue aggregate initialization from after |
6287 | // a designated initializer. |
6288 | // |
6289 | // Given struct S { int a,b,c,d,e; }: |
6290 | // after `S{.b=1,` we want to suggest c to continue |
6291 | // after `S{.b=1, 2,` we continue with d (this is legal C and ext in C++) |
6292 | // after `S{.b=1, .a=2,` we continue with b (this is legal C and ext in C++) |
6293 | // |
6294 | // Possible outcomes: |
6295 | // - we saw a designator for a field, and continue from the returned index. |
6296 | // Only aggregate initialization is allowed. |
6297 | // - we saw a designator, but it was complex or we couldn't find the field. |
6298 | // Only aggregate initialization is possible, but we can't assist with it. |
6299 | // Returns an out-of-range index. |
6300 | // - we saw no designators, just positional arguments. |
6301 | // Returns std::nullopt. |
6302 | static std::optional<unsigned> |
6303 | getNextAggregateIndexAfterDesignatedInit(const ResultCandidate &Aggregate, |
6304 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { |
6305 | static constexpr unsigned Invalid = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max(); |
6306 | assert(Aggregate.getKind() == ResultCandidate::CK_Aggregate); |
6307 | |
6308 | // Look for designated initializers. |
6309 | // They're in their syntactic form, not yet resolved to fields. |
6310 | const IdentifierInfo *DesignatedFieldName = nullptr; |
6311 | unsigned ArgsAfterDesignator = 0; |
6312 | for (const Expr *Arg : Args) { |
6313 | if (const auto *DIE = dyn_cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(Val: Arg)) { |
6314 | if (DIE->size() == 1 && DIE->getDesignator(Idx: 0)->isFieldDesignator()) { |
6315 | DesignatedFieldName = DIE->getDesignator(Idx: 0)->getFieldName(); |
6316 | ArgsAfterDesignator = 0; |
6317 | } else { |
6318 | return Invalid; // Complicated designator. |
6319 | } |
6320 | } else if (isa<DesignatedInitUpdateExpr>(Val: Arg)) { |
6321 | return Invalid; // Unsupported. |
6322 | } else { |
6323 | ++ArgsAfterDesignator; |
6324 | } |
6325 | } |
6326 | if (!DesignatedFieldName) |
6327 | return std::nullopt; |
6328 | |
6329 | // Find the index within the class's fields. |
6330 | // (Probing getParamDecl() directly would be quadratic in number of fields). |
6331 | unsigned DesignatedIndex = 0; |
6332 | const FieldDecl *DesignatedField = nullptr; |
6333 | for (const auto *Field : Aggregate.getAggregate()->fields()) { |
6334 | if (Field->getIdentifier() == DesignatedFieldName) { |
6335 | DesignatedField = Field; |
6336 | break; |
6337 | } |
6338 | ++DesignatedIndex; |
6339 | } |
6340 | if (!DesignatedField) |
6341 | return Invalid; // Designator referred to a missing field, give up. |
6342 | |
6343 | // Find the index within the aggregate (which may have leading bases). |
6344 | unsigned AggregateSize = Aggregate.getNumParams(); |
6345 | while (DesignatedIndex < AggregateSize && |
6346 | Aggregate.getParamDecl(N: DesignatedIndex) != DesignatedField) |
6347 | ++DesignatedIndex; |
6348 | |
6349 | // Continue from the index after the last named field. |
6350 | return DesignatedIndex + ArgsAfterDesignator + 1; |
6351 | } |
6352 | |
6353 | QualType Sema::ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(QualType Type, |
6354 | SourceLocation Loc, |
6355 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6356 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc, |
6357 | bool Braced) { |
6358 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
6359 | return QualType(); |
6360 | SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results; |
6361 | |
6362 | // A complete type is needed to lookup for constructors. |
6363 | RecordDecl *RD = |
6364 | isCompleteType(Loc, T: Type) ? Type->getAsRecordDecl() : nullptr; |
6365 | if (!RD) |
6366 | return Type; |
6367 | CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: RD); |
6368 | |
6369 | // Consider aggregate initialization. |
6370 | // We don't check that types so far are correct. |
6371 | // We also don't handle C99/C++17 brace-elision, we assume init-list elements |
6372 | // are 1:1 with fields. |
6373 | // FIXME: it would be nice to support "unwrapping" aggregates that contain |
6374 | // a single subaggregate, like std::array<T, N> -> T __elements[N]. |
6375 | if (Braced && !RD->isUnion() && |
6376 | (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus || (CRD && CRD->isAggregate()))) { |
6377 | ResultCandidate AggregateSig(RD); |
6378 | unsigned AggregateSize = AggregateSig.getNumParams(); |
6379 | |
6380 | if (auto NextIndex = |
6381 | getNextAggregateIndexAfterDesignatedInit(Aggregate: AggregateSig, Args)) { |
6382 | // A designator was used, only aggregate init is possible. |
6383 | if (*NextIndex >= AggregateSize) |
6384 | return Type; |
6385 | Results.push_back(Elt: AggregateSig); |
6386 | return ProduceSignatureHelp(SemaRef&: *this, Candidates: Results, CurrentArg: *NextIndex, OpenParLoc, |
6387 | Braced); |
6388 | } |
6389 | |
6390 | // Describe aggregate initialization, but also constructors below. |
6391 | if (Args.size() < AggregateSize) |
6392 | Results.push_back(Elt: AggregateSig); |
6393 | } |
6394 | |
6395 | // FIXME: Provide support for member initializers. |
6396 | // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template constructors. |
6397 | |
6398 | if (CRD) { |
6399 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
6400 | for (NamedDecl *C : LookupConstructors(Class: CRD)) { |
6401 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: C)) { |
6402 | // FIXME: we can't yet provide correct signature help for initializer |
6403 | // list constructors, so skip them entirely. |
6404 | if (Braced && LangOpts.CPlusPlus && isInitListConstructor(Ctor: FD)) |
6405 | continue; |
6406 | AddOverloadCandidate(Function: FD, FoundDecl: DeclAccessPair::make(D: FD, AS: C->getAccess()), Args, |
6407 | CandidateSet, |
6408 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
6409 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true, |
6410 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); |
6411 | } else if (auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: C)) { |
6412 | if (Braced && LangOpts.CPlusPlus && |
6413 | isInitListConstructor(Ctor: FTD->getTemplatedDecl())) |
6414 | continue; |
6415 | |
6416 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
6417 | FunctionTemplate: FTD, FoundDecl: DeclAccessPair::make(D: FTD, AS: C->getAccess()), |
6418 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, CandidateSet, |
6419 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
6420 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
6421 | } |
6422 | } |
6423 | mergeCandidatesWithResults(SemaRef&: *this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, ArgSize: Args.size()); |
6424 | } |
6425 | |
6426 | return ProduceSignatureHelp(SemaRef&: *this, Candidates: Results, CurrentArg: Args.size(), OpenParLoc, Braced); |
6427 | } |
6428 | |
6429 | QualType Sema::ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp( |
6430 | Decl *ConstructorDecl, CXXScopeSpec SS, ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
6431 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation OpenParLoc, |
6432 | bool Braced) { |
6433 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
6434 | return QualType(); |
6435 | |
6436 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = |
6437 | dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: ConstructorDecl); |
6438 | if (!Constructor) |
6439 | return QualType(); |
6440 | // FIXME: Add support for Base class constructors as well. |
6441 | if (ValueDecl *MemberDecl = tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl( |
6442 | ClassDecl: Constructor->getParent(), SS, TemplateTypeTy, MemberOrBase: II)) |
6443 | return ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Type: MemberDecl->getType(), |
6444 | Loc: MemberDecl->getLocation(), Args: ArgExprs, |
6445 | OpenParLoc, Braced); |
6446 | return QualType(); |
6447 | } |
6448 | |
6449 | static bool argMatchesTemplateParams(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, |
6450 | unsigned Index, |
6451 | const TemplateParameterList &Params) { |
6452 | const NamedDecl *Param; |
6453 | if (Index < Params.size()) |
6454 | Param = Params.getParam(Idx: Index); |
6455 | else if (Params.hasParameterPack()) |
6456 | Param = Params.asArray().back(); |
6457 | else |
6458 | return false; // too many args |
6459 | |
6460 | switch (Arg.getKind()) { |
6461 | case ParsedTemplateArgument::Type: |
6462 | return llvm::isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Val: Param); // constraints not checked |
6463 | case ParsedTemplateArgument::NonType: |
6464 | return llvm::isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Val: Param); // type not checked |
6465 | case ParsedTemplateArgument::Template: |
6466 | return llvm::isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Val: Param); // signature not checked |
6467 | } |
6468 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled switch case" ); |
6469 | } |
6470 | |
6471 | QualType Sema::ProduceTemplateArgumentSignatureHelp( |
6472 | TemplateTy ParsedTemplate, ArrayRef<ParsedTemplateArgument> Args, |
6473 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc) { |
6474 | if (!CodeCompleter || !ParsedTemplate) |
6475 | return QualType(); |
6476 | |
6477 | SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results; |
6478 | auto Consider = [&](const TemplateDecl *TD) { |
6479 | // Only add if the existing args are compatible with the template. |
6480 | bool Matches = true; |
6481 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Args.size(); ++I) { |
6482 | if (!argMatchesTemplateParams(Arg: Args[I], Index: I, Params: *TD->getTemplateParameters())) { |
6483 | Matches = false; |
6484 | break; |
6485 | } |
6486 | } |
6487 | if (Matches) |
6488 | Results.emplace_back(Args&: TD); |
6489 | }; |
6490 | |
6491 | TemplateName Template = ParsedTemplate.get(); |
6492 | if (const auto *TD = Template.getAsTemplateDecl()) { |
6493 | Consider(TD); |
6494 | } else if (const auto *OTS = Template.getAsOverloadedTemplate()) { |
6495 | for (const NamedDecl *ND : *OTS) |
6496 | if (const auto *TD = llvm::dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(Val: ND)) |
6497 | Consider(TD); |
6498 | } |
6499 | return ProduceSignatureHelp(SemaRef&: *this, Candidates: Results, CurrentArg: Args.size(), OpenParLoc: LAngleLoc, |
6500 | /*Braced=*/false); |
6501 | } |
6502 | |
6503 | static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig) { |
6504 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Desig.getNumDesignators(); ++I) { |
6505 | if (BaseType.isNull()) |
6506 | break; |
6507 | QualType NextType; |
6508 | const auto &D = Desig.getDesignator(Idx: I); |
6509 | if (D.isArrayDesignator() || D.isArrayRangeDesignator()) { |
6510 | if (BaseType->isArrayType()) |
6511 | NextType = BaseType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); |
6512 | } else { |
6513 | assert(D.isFieldDesignator()); |
6514 | auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType); |
6515 | if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) { |
6516 | for (const auto *Member : RD->lookup(D.getFieldDecl())) |
6517 | if (const FieldDecl *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member)) { |
6518 | NextType = FD->getType(); |
6519 | break; |
6520 | } |
6521 | } |
6522 | } |
6523 | BaseType = NextType; |
6524 | } |
6525 | return BaseType; |
6526 | } |
6527 | |
6528 | void Sema::CodeCompleteDesignator(QualType BaseType, |
6529 | llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs, |
6530 | const Designation &D) { |
6531 | BaseType = getDesignatedType(BaseType, Desig: D); |
6532 | if (BaseType.isNull()) |
6533 | return; |
6534 | const auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType); |
6535 | if (!RD || RD->fields().empty()) |
6536 | return; |
6537 | |
6538 | CodeCompletionContext CCC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess, |
6539 | BaseType); |
6540 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6541 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCC); |
6542 | |
6543 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
6544 | for (const Decl *D : RD->decls()) { |
6545 | const FieldDecl *FD; |
6546 | if (auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) |
6547 | FD = IFD->getAnonField(); |
6548 | else if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) |
6549 | FD = DFD; |
6550 | else |
6551 | continue; |
6552 | |
6553 | // FIXME: Make use of previous designators to mark any fields before those |
6554 | // inaccessible, and also compute the next initializer priority. |
6555 | ResultBuilder::Result Result(FD, Results.getBasePriority(FD)); |
6556 | Results.AddResult(Result, CurContext, /*Hiding=*/nullptr); |
6557 | } |
6558 | Results.ExitScope(); |
6559 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
6560 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
6561 | } |
6562 | |
6563 | void Sema::CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D) { |
6564 | ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(Val: D); |
6565 | if (!VD) { |
6566 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, CompletionContext: PCC_Expression); |
6567 | return; |
6568 | } |
6569 | |
6570 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data; |
6571 | Data.PreferredType = VD->getType(); |
6572 | // Ignore VD to avoid completing the variable itself, e.g. in 'int foo = ^'. |
6573 | Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(VD); |
6574 | |
6575 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); |
6576 | } |
6577 | |
6578 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen) { |
6579 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6580 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
6581 | mapCodeCompletionContext(S&: *this, PCC: PCC_Statement)); |
6582 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); |
6583 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
6584 | |
6585 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
6586 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
6587 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
6588 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
6589 | |
6590 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(CCC: PCC_Statement, S, SemaRef&: *this, Results); |
6591 | |
6592 | // "else" block |
6593 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
6594 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
6595 | |
6596 | auto AddElseBodyPattern = [&] { |
6597 | if (IsBracedThen) { |
6598 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
6599 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
6600 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
6601 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
6602 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
6603 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
6604 | } else { |
6605 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
6606 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
6607 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statement" ); |
6608 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
6609 | } |
6610 | }; |
6611 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "else" ); |
6612 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
6613 | AddElseBodyPattern(); |
6614 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
6615 | |
6616 | // "else if" block |
6617 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "else if" ); |
6618 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
6619 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
6620 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
6621 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "condition" ); |
6622 | else |
6623 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
6624 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
6625 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
6626 | AddElseBodyPattern(); |
6627 | } |
6628 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
6629 | |
6630 | Results.ExitScope(); |
6631 | |
6632 | if (S->getFnParent()) |
6633 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(LangOpts: getLangOpts(), Results); |
6634 | |
6635 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
6636 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, LoadExternal: CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), IncludeUndefined: false); |
6637 | |
6638 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
6639 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
6640 | } |
6641 | |
6642 | void Sema::CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6643 | bool EnteringContext, |
6644 | bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType, |
6645 | QualType PreferredType) { |
6646 | if (SS.isEmpty() || !CodeCompleter) |
6647 | return; |
6648 | |
6649 | CodeCompletionContext CC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol, PreferredType); |
6650 | CC.setIsUsingDeclaration(IsUsingDeclaration); |
6651 | CC.setCXXScopeSpecifier(SS); |
6652 | |
6653 | // We want to keep the scope specifier even if it's invalid (e.g. the scope |
6654 | // "a::b::" is not corresponding to any context/namespace in the AST), since |
6655 | // it can be useful for global code completion which have information about |
6656 | // contexts/symbols that are not in the AST. |
6657 | if (SS.isInvalid()) { |
6658 | // As SS is invalid, we try to collect accessible contexts from the current |
6659 | // scope with a dummy lookup so that the completion consumer can try to |
6660 | // guess what the specified scope is. |
6661 | ResultBuilder DummyResults(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6662 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC); |
6663 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) |
6664 | DummyResults.setPreferredType(PreferredType); |
6665 | if (S->getEntity()) { |
6666 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(DummyResults, S->getEntity(), |
6667 | BaseType); |
6668 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
6669 | /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/false, |
6670 | /*LoadExternal=*/false); |
6671 | } |
6672 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, |
6673 | Context: DummyResults.getCompletionContext(), Results: nullptr, NumResults: 0); |
6674 | return; |
6675 | } |
6676 | // Always pretend to enter a context to ensure that a dependent type |
6677 | // resolves to a dependent record. |
6678 | DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, /*EnteringContext=*/true); |
6679 | |
6680 | // Try to instantiate any non-dependent declaration contexts before |
6681 | // we look in them. Bail out if we fail. |
6682 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); |
6683 | if (NNS != nullptr && SS.isValid() && !NNS->isDependent()) { |
6684 | if (Ctx == nullptr || RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC: Ctx)) |
6685 | return; |
6686 | } |
6687 | |
6688 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6689 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC); |
6690 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) |
6691 | Results.setPreferredType(PreferredType); |
6692 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
6693 | |
6694 | // The "template" keyword can follow "::" in the grammar, but only |
6695 | // put it into the grammar if the nested-name-specifier is dependent. |
6696 | // FIXME: results is always empty, this appears to be dead. |
6697 | if (!Results.empty() && NNS && NNS->isDependent()) |
6698 | Results.AddResult(R: "template" ); |
6699 | |
6700 | // If the scope is a concept-constrained type parameter, infer nested |
6701 | // members based on the constraints. |
6702 | if (const auto *TTPT = |
6703 | dyn_cast_or_null<TemplateTypeParmType>(Val: NNS->getAsType())) { |
6704 | for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) { |
6705 | if (R.Operator != ConceptInfo::Member::Colons) |
6706 | continue; |
6707 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult( |
6708 | R.render(S&: *this, Alloc&: CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6709 | Info&: CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo()))); |
6710 | } |
6711 | } |
6712 | |
6713 | // Add calls to overridden virtual functions, if there are any. |
6714 | // |
6715 | // FIXME: This isn't wonderful, because we don't know whether we're actually |
6716 | // in a context that permits expressions. This is a general issue with |
6717 | // qualified-id completions. |
6718 | if (Ctx && !EnteringContext) |
6719 | MaybeAddOverrideCalls(S&: *this, InContext: Ctx, Results); |
6720 | Results.ExitScope(); |
6721 | |
6722 | if (Ctx && |
6723 | (CodeCompleter->includeNamespaceLevelDecls() || !Ctx->isFileContext())) { |
6724 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Ctx, BaseType); |
6725 | LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
6726 | /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/true, |
6727 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true, |
6728 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
6729 | } |
6730 | |
6731 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
6732 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
6733 | } |
6734 | |
6735 | void Sema::CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S) { |
6736 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
6737 | return; |
6738 | |
6739 | // This can be both a using alias or using declaration, in the former we |
6740 | // expect a new name and a symbol in the latter case. |
6741 | CodeCompletionContext Context(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName); |
6742 | Context.setIsUsingDeclaration(true); |
6743 | |
6744 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6745 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), Context, |
6746 | &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier); |
6747 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
6748 | |
6749 | // If we aren't in class scope, we could see the "namespace" keyword. |
6750 | if (!S->isClassScope()) |
6751 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("namespace" )); |
6752 | |
6753 | // After "using", we can see anything that would start a |
6754 | // nested-name-specifier. |
6755 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
6756 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
6757 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
6758 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
6759 | Results.ExitScope(); |
6760 | |
6761 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
6762 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
6763 | } |
6764 | |
6765 | void Sema::CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S) { |
6766 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
6767 | return; |
6768 | |
6769 | // After "using namespace", we expect to see a namespace name or namespace |
6770 | // alias. |
6771 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6772 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
6773 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace, |
6774 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias); |
6775 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
6776 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
6777 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
6778 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
6779 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
6780 | Results.ExitScope(); |
6781 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
6782 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
6783 | } |
6784 | |
6785 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S) { |
6786 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
6787 | return; |
6788 | |
6789 | DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); |
6790 | if (!S->getParent()) |
6791 | Ctx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
6792 | |
6793 | bool SuppressedGlobalResults = |
6794 | Ctx && !CodeCompleter->includeGlobals() && isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Val: Ctx); |
6795 | |
6796 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6797 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
6798 | SuppressedGlobalResults |
6799 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace |
6800 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, |
6801 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace); |
6802 | |
6803 | if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext() && !SuppressedGlobalResults) { |
6804 | // We only want to see those namespaces that have already been defined |
6805 | // within this scope, because its likely that the user is creating an |
6806 | // extended namespace declaration. Keep track of the most recent |
6807 | // definition of each namespace. |
6808 | std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *> OrigToLatest; |
6809 | for (DeclContext::specific_decl_iterator<NamespaceDecl> |
6810 | NS(Ctx->decls_begin()), |
6811 | NSEnd(Ctx->decls_end()); |
6812 | NS != NSEnd; ++NS) |
6813 | OrigToLatest[NS->getOriginalNamespace()] = *NS; |
6814 | |
6815 | // Add the most recent definition (or extended definition) of each |
6816 | // namespace to the list of results. |
6817 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
6818 | for (std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *>::iterator |
6819 | NS = OrigToLatest.begin(), |
6820 | NSEnd = OrigToLatest.end(); |
6821 | NS != NSEnd; ++NS) |
6822 | Results.AddResult( |
6823 | R: CodeCompletionResult(NS->second, Results.getBasePriority(NS->second), |
6824 | nullptr), |
6825 | CurContext, Hiding: nullptr, InBaseClass: false); |
6826 | Results.ExitScope(); |
6827 | } |
6828 | |
6829 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
6830 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
6831 | } |
6832 | |
6833 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S) { |
6834 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
6835 | return; |
6836 | |
6837 | // After "namespace", we expect to see a namespace or alias. |
6838 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6839 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
6840 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace, |
6841 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias); |
6842 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
6843 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
6844 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
6845 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
6846 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
6847 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
6848 | } |
6849 | |
6850 | void Sema::CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S) { |
6851 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
6852 | return; |
6853 | |
6854 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
6855 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6856 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
6857 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type, |
6858 | &ResultBuilder::IsType); |
6859 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
6860 | |
6861 | // Add the names of overloadable operators. Note that OO_Conditional is not |
6862 | // actually overloadable. |
6863 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ |
6864 | if (OO_##Name != OO_Conditional) \ |
6865 | Results.AddResult(Result(Spelling)); |
6866 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" |
6867 | |
6868 | // Add any type names visible from the current scope |
6869 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); |
6870 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
6871 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
6872 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
6873 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
6874 | |
6875 | // Add any type specifiers |
6876 | AddTypeSpecifierResults(LangOpts: getLangOpts(), Results); |
6877 | Results.ExitScope(); |
6878 | |
6879 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
6880 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
6881 | } |
6882 | |
6883 | void Sema::CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( |
6884 | Decl *ConstructorD, ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers) { |
6885 | if (!ConstructorD) |
6886 | return; |
6887 | |
6888 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl&: ConstructorD); |
6889 | |
6890 | auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: ConstructorD); |
6891 | if (!Constructor) |
6892 | return; |
6893 | |
6894 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
6895 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
6896 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol); |
6897 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
6898 | |
6899 | // Fill in any already-initialized fields or base classes. |
6900 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 4> InitializedFields; |
6901 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> InitializedBases; |
6902 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Initializers.size(); I != E; ++I) { |
6903 | if (Initializers[I]->isBaseInitializer()) |
6904 | InitializedBases.insert(Ptr: Context.getCanonicalType( |
6905 | T: QualType(Initializers[I]->getBaseClass(), 0))); |
6906 | else |
6907 | InitializedFields.insert( |
6908 | Ptr: cast<FieldDecl>(Val: Initializers[I]->getAnyMember())); |
6909 | } |
6910 | |
6911 | // Add completions for base classes. |
6912 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S&: *this); |
6913 | bool SawLastInitializer = Initializers.empty(); |
6914 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent(); |
6915 | |
6916 | auto GenerateCCS = [&](const NamedDecl *ND, const char *Name) { |
6917 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
6918 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
6919 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Name); |
6920 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
6921 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: ND)) |
6922 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result&: Builder); |
6923 | else if (const auto *FunTemplDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: ND)) |
6924 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function: FunTemplDecl->getTemplatedDecl(), |
6925 | Result&: Builder); |
6926 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
6927 | return Builder.TakeString(); |
6928 | }; |
6929 | auto AddDefaultCtorInit = [&](const char *Name, const char *Type, |
6930 | const NamedDecl *ND) { |
6931 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
6932 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
6933 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Name); |
6934 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
6935 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: Type); |
6936 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
6937 | if (ND) { |
6938 | auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult( |
6939 | Builder.TakeString(), ND, |
6940 | SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration); |
6941 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(Val: ND)) |
6942 | CCR.CursorKind = CXCursor_MemberRef; |
6943 | return Results.AddResult(R: CCR); |
6944 | } |
6945 | return Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult( |
6946 | Builder.TakeString(), |
6947 | SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration)); |
6948 | }; |
6949 | auto AddCtorsWithName = [&](const CXXRecordDecl *RD, unsigned int Priority, |
6950 | const char *Name, const FieldDecl *FD) { |
6951 | if (!RD) |
6952 | return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, |
6953 | FD ? Results.getAllocator().CopyString( |
6954 | FD->getType().getAsString(Policy)) |
6955 | : Name, |
6956 | FD); |
6957 | auto Ctors = getConstructors(Context, Record: RD); |
6958 | if (Ctors.begin() == Ctors.end()) |
6959 | return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, Name, RD); |
6960 | for (const NamedDecl *Ctor : Ctors) { |
6961 | auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(GenerateCCS(Ctor, Name), RD, Priority); |
6962 | CCR.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(Ctor); |
6963 | Results.AddResult(CCR); |
6964 | } |
6965 | }; |
6966 | auto AddBase = [&](const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base) { |
6967 | const char *BaseName = |
6968 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Base.getType().getAsString(Policy)); |
6969 | const auto *RD = Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
6970 | AddCtorsWithName( |
6971 | RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration, |
6972 | BaseName, nullptr); |
6973 | }; |
6974 | auto AddField = [&](const FieldDecl *FD) { |
6975 | const char *FieldName = |
6976 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(String: FD->getIdentifier()->getName()); |
6977 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = FD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
6978 | AddCtorsWithName( |
6979 | RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration, |
6980 | FieldName, FD); |
6981 | }; |
6982 | |
6983 | for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->bases()) { |
6984 | if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType())) |
6985 | .second) { |
6986 | SawLastInitializer = |
6987 | !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() && |
6988 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( |
6989 | Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0)); |
6990 | continue; |
6991 | } |
6992 | |
6993 | AddBase(Base); |
6994 | SawLastInitializer = false; |
6995 | } |
6996 | |
6997 | // Add completions for virtual base classes. |
6998 | for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->vbases()) { |
6999 | if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType())) |
7000 | .second) { |
7001 | SawLastInitializer = |
7002 | !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() && |
7003 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( |
7004 | Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0)); |
7005 | continue; |
7006 | } |
7007 | |
7008 | AddBase(Base); |
7009 | SawLastInitializer = false; |
7010 | } |
7011 | |
7012 | // Add completions for members. |
7013 | for (auto *Field : ClassDecl->fields()) { |
7014 | if (!InitializedFields.insert(cast<FieldDecl>(Field->getCanonicalDecl())) |
7015 | .second) { |
7016 | SawLastInitializer = !Initializers.empty() && |
7017 | Initializers.back()->isAnyMemberInitializer() && |
7018 | Initializers.back()->getAnyMember() == Field; |
7019 | continue; |
7020 | } |
7021 | |
7022 | if (!Field->getDeclName()) |
7023 | continue; |
7024 | |
7025 | AddField(Field); |
7026 | SawLastInitializer = false; |
7027 | } |
7028 | Results.ExitScope(); |
7029 | |
7030 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
7031 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
7032 | } |
7033 | |
7034 | /// Determine whether this scope denotes a namespace. |
7035 | static bool isNamespaceScope(Scope *S) { |
7036 | DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity(); |
7037 | if (!DC) |
7038 | return false; |
7039 | |
7040 | return DC->isFileContext(); |
7041 | } |
7042 | |
7043 | void Sema::CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
7044 | bool AfterAmpersand) { |
7045 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
7046 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7047 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
7048 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
7049 | |
7050 | // Note what has already been captured. |
7051 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Known; |
7052 | bool IncludedThis = false; |
7053 | for (const auto &C : Intro.Captures) { |
7054 | if (C.Kind == LCK_This) { |
7055 | IncludedThis = true; |
7056 | continue; |
7057 | } |
7058 | |
7059 | Known.insert(Ptr: C.Id); |
7060 | } |
7061 | |
7062 | // Look for other capturable variables. |
7063 | for (; S && !isNamespaceScope(S); S = S->getParent()) { |
7064 | for (const auto *D : S->decls()) { |
7065 | const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: D); |
7066 | if (!Var || !Var->hasLocalStorage() || Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
7067 | continue; |
7068 | |
7069 | if (Known.insert(Var->getIdentifier()).second) |
7070 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Var, CCP_LocalDeclaration), |
7071 | CurContext, Hiding: nullptr, InBaseClass: false); |
7072 | } |
7073 | } |
7074 | |
7075 | // Add 'this', if it would be valid. |
7076 | if (!IncludedThis && !AfterAmpersand && Intro.Default != LCD_ByCopy) |
7077 | addThisCompletion(S&: *this, Results); |
7078 | |
7079 | Results.ExitScope(); |
7080 | |
7081 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
7082 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
7083 | } |
7084 | |
7085 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D) { |
7086 | if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) |
7087 | return; |
7088 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
7089 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7090 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
7091 | auto ShouldAddDefault = [&D, this]() { |
7092 | if (!D.isFunctionDeclarator()) |
7093 | return false; |
7094 | auto &Id = D.getName(); |
7095 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName) |
7096 | return true; |
7097 | // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the constructor parameter list to |
7098 | // verify that it is the default, copy or move constructor? |
7099 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName && |
7100 | D.getFunctionTypeInfo().NumParams <= 1) |
7101 | return true; |
7102 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId) { |
7103 | auto Op = Id.OperatorFunctionId.Operator; |
7104 | // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the function parameter list to |
7105 | // verify that it is the copy or move assignment? |
7106 | if (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Equal) |
7107 | return true; |
7108 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 && |
7109 | (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_EqualEqual || |
7110 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_ExclaimEqual || |
7111 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Less || |
7112 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_LessEqual || |
7113 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Greater || |
7114 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_GreaterEqual || |
7115 | Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Spaceship)) |
7116 | return true; |
7117 | } |
7118 | return false; |
7119 | }; |
7120 | |
7121 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
7122 | if (ShouldAddDefault()) |
7123 | Results.AddResult(R: "default" ); |
7124 | // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should only provide `delete` completion for the |
7125 | // first function declaration. |
7126 | Results.AddResult(R: "delete" ); |
7127 | Results.ExitScope(); |
7128 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
7129 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
7130 | } |
7131 | |
7132 | /// Macro that optionally prepends an "@" to the string literal passed in via |
7133 | /// Keyword, depending on whether NeedAt is true or false. |
7134 | #define OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, Keyword) ((NeedAt) ? "@" Keyword : Keyword) |
7135 | |
7136 | static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
7137 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
7138 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
7139 | // Since we have an implementation, we can end it. |
7140 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end" ))); |
7141 | |
7142 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
7143 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
7144 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) { |
7145 | // @dynamic |
7146 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "dynamic" )); |
7147 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7148 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "property" ); |
7149 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7150 | |
7151 | // @synthesize |
7152 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synthesize" )); |
7153 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7154 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "property" ); |
7155 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7156 | } |
7157 | } |
7158 | |
7159 | static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
7160 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
7161 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
7162 | |
7163 | // Since we have an interface or protocol, we can end it. |
7164 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end" ))); |
7165 | |
7166 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) { |
7167 | // @property |
7168 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "property" ))); |
7169 | |
7170 | // @required |
7171 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "required" ))); |
7172 | |
7173 | // @optional |
7174 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "optional" ))); |
7175 | } |
7176 | } |
7177 | |
7178 | static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
7179 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
7180 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
7181 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
7182 | |
7183 | // @class name ; |
7184 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "class" )); |
7185 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7186 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "name" ); |
7187 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7188 | |
7189 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
7190 | // @interface name |
7191 | // FIXME: Could introduce the whole pattern, including superclasses and |
7192 | // such. |
7193 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "interface" )); |
7194 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7195 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "class" ); |
7196 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7197 | |
7198 | // @protocol name |
7199 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol" )); |
7200 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7201 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "protocol" ); |
7202 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7203 | |
7204 | // @implementation name |
7205 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "implementation" )); |
7206 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7207 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "class" ); |
7208 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7209 | } |
7210 | |
7211 | // @compatibility_alias name |
7212 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
7213 | OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "compatibility_alias" )); |
7214 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7215 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "alias" ); |
7216 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7217 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "class" ); |
7218 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7219 | |
7220 | if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().Modules) { |
7221 | // @import name |
7222 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "import" )); |
7223 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7224 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "module" ); |
7225 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7226 | } |
7227 | } |
7228 | |
7229 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S) { |
7230 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
7231 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7232 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
7233 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
7234 | if (isa<ObjCImplDecl>(Val: CurContext)) |
7235 | AddObjCImplementationResults(LangOpts: getLangOpts(), Results, NeedAt: false); |
7236 | else if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) |
7237 | AddObjCInterfaceResults(LangOpts: getLangOpts(), Results, NeedAt: false); |
7238 | else |
7239 | AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, NeedAt: false); |
7240 | Results.ExitScope(); |
7241 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
7242 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
7243 | } |
7244 | |
7245 | static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
7246 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
7247 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
7248 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
7249 | |
7250 | // @encode ( type-name ) |
7251 | const char *EncodeType = "char[]" ; |
7252 | if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
7253 | Results.getSema().getLangOpts().ConstStrings) |
7254 | EncodeType = "const char[]" ; |
7255 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: EncodeType); |
7256 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "encode" )); |
7257 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
7258 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "type-name" ); |
7259 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
7260 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7261 | |
7262 | // @protocol ( protocol-name ) |
7263 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "Protocol *" ); |
7264 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol" )); |
7265 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
7266 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "protocol-name" ); |
7267 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
7268 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7269 | |
7270 | // @selector ( selector ) |
7271 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "SEL" ); |
7272 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "selector" )); |
7273 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
7274 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "selector" ); |
7275 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
7276 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7277 | |
7278 | // @"string" |
7279 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "NSString *" ); |
7280 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "\"" )); |
7281 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "string" ); |
7282 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "\"" ); |
7283 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7284 | |
7285 | // @[objects, ...] |
7286 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "NSArray *" ); |
7287 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "[" )); |
7288 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "objects, ..." ); |
7289 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); |
7290 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7291 | |
7292 | // @{key : object, ...} |
7293 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "NSDictionary *" ); |
7294 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "{" )); |
7295 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "key" ); |
7296 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
7297 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7298 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "object, ..." ); |
7299 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
7300 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7301 | |
7302 | // @(expression) |
7303 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(ResultType: "id" ); |
7304 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "(" )); |
7305 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
7306 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
7307 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7308 | } |
7309 | |
7310 | static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
7311 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
7312 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
7313 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
7314 | |
7315 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
7316 | // @try { statements } @catch ( declaration ) { statements } @finally |
7317 | // { statements } |
7318 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "try" )); |
7319 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
7320 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
7321 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
7322 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "@catch" ); |
7323 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
7324 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "parameter" ); |
7325 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
7326 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
7327 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
7328 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
7329 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "@finally" ); |
7330 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
7331 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
7332 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
7333 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7334 | } |
7335 | |
7336 | // @throw |
7337 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "throw" )); |
7338 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7339 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
7340 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7341 | |
7342 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
7343 | // @synchronized ( expression ) { statements } |
7344 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synchronized" )); |
7345 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7346 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
7347 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
7348 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
7349 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
7350 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
7351 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
7352 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
7353 | } |
7354 | } |
7355 | |
7356 | static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
7357 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { |
7358 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
7359 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "private" ))); |
7360 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protected" ))); |
7361 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "public" ))); |
7362 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) |
7363 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "package" ))); |
7364 | } |
7365 | |
7366 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S) { |
7367 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
7368 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7369 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
7370 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
7371 | AddObjCVisibilityResults(LangOpts: getLangOpts(), Results, NeedAt: false); |
7372 | Results.ExitScope(); |
7373 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
7374 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
7375 | } |
7376 | |
7377 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S) { |
7378 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
7379 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7380 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
7381 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
7382 | AddObjCStatementResults(Results, NeedAt: false); |
7383 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, NeedAt: false); |
7384 | Results.ExitScope(); |
7385 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
7386 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
7387 | } |
7388 | |
7389 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S) { |
7390 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
7391 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7392 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
7393 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
7394 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, NeedAt: false); |
7395 | Results.ExitScope(); |
7396 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
7397 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
7398 | } |
7399 | |
7400 | /// Determine whether the addition of the given flag to an Objective-C |
7401 | /// property's attributes will cause a conflict. |
7402 | static bool ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(unsigned Attributes, unsigned NewFlag) { |
7403 | // Check if we've already added this flag. |
7404 | if (Attributes & NewFlag) |
7405 | return true; |
7406 | |
7407 | Attributes |= NewFlag; |
7408 | |
7409 | // Check for collisions with "readonly". |
7410 | if ((Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly) && |
7411 | (Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite)) |
7412 | return true; |
7413 | |
7414 | // Check for more than one of { assign, copy, retain, strong, weak }. |
7415 | unsigned AssignCopyRetMask = |
7416 | Attributes & |
7417 | (ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign | |
7418 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained | |
7419 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain | |
7420 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak); |
7421 | if (AssignCopyRetMask && |
7422 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign && |
7423 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained && |
7424 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy && |
7425 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain && |
7426 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong && |
7427 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak) |
7428 | return true; |
7429 | |
7430 | return false; |
7431 | } |
7432 | |
7433 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS) { |
7434 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
7435 | return; |
7436 | |
7437 | unsigned Attributes = ODS.getPropertyAttributes(); |
7438 | |
7439 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
7440 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7441 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
7442 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
7443 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7444 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly)) |
7445 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("readonly" )); |
7446 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7447 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign)) |
7448 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("assign" )); |
7449 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7450 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained)) |
7451 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("unsafe_unretained" )); |
7452 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7453 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite)) |
7454 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("readwrite" )); |
7455 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7456 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain)) |
7457 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("retain" )); |
7458 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7459 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong)) |
7460 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("strong" )); |
7461 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy)) |
7462 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("copy" )); |
7463 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7464 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nonatomic)) |
7465 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("nonatomic" )); |
7466 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7467 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_atomic)) |
7468 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("atomic" )); |
7469 | |
7470 | // Only suggest "weak" if we're compiling for ARC-with-weak-references or GC. |
7471 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak || getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) |
7472 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7473 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak)) |
7474 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("weak" )); |
7475 | |
7476 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7477 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_setter)) { |
7478 | CodeCompletionBuilder Setter(Results.getAllocator(), |
7479 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
7480 | Setter.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "setter" ); |
7481 | Setter.AddTextChunk(Text: "=" ); |
7482 | Setter.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "method" ); |
7483 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Setter.TakeString())); |
7484 | } |
7485 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7486 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_getter)) { |
7487 | CodeCompletionBuilder Getter(Results.getAllocator(), |
7488 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
7489 | Getter.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "getter" ); |
7490 | Getter.AddTextChunk(Text: "=" ); |
7491 | Getter.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "method" ); |
7492 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Getter.TakeString())); |
7493 | } |
7494 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, |
7495 | NewFlag: ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability)) { |
7496 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("nonnull" )); |
7497 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("nullable" )); |
7498 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("null_unspecified" )); |
7499 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("null_resettable" )); |
7500 | } |
7501 | Results.ExitScope(); |
7502 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
7503 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
7504 | } |
7505 | |
7506 | /// Describes the kind of Objective-C method that we want to find |
7507 | /// via code completion. |
7508 | enum ObjCMethodKind { |
7509 | MK_Any, ///< Any kind of method, provided it means other specified criteria. |
7510 | MK_ZeroArgSelector, ///< Zero-argument (unary) selector. |
7511 | MK_OneArgSelector ///< One-argument selector. |
7512 | }; |
7513 | |
7514 | static bool isAcceptableObjCSelector(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodKind WantKind, |
7515 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
7516 | bool AllowSameLength = true) { |
7517 | unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size(); |
7518 | if (NumSelIdents > Sel.getNumArgs()) |
7519 | return false; |
7520 | |
7521 | switch (WantKind) { |
7522 | case MK_Any: |
7523 | break; |
7524 | case MK_ZeroArgSelector: |
7525 | return Sel.isUnarySelector(); |
7526 | case MK_OneArgSelector: |
7527 | return Sel.getNumArgs() == 1; |
7528 | } |
7529 | |
7530 | if (!AllowSameLength && NumSelIdents && NumSelIdents == Sel.getNumArgs()) |
7531 | return false; |
7532 | |
7533 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumSelIdents; ++I) |
7534 | if (SelIdents[I] != Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(argIndex: I)) |
7535 | return false; |
7536 | |
7537 | return true; |
7538 | } |
7539 | |
7540 | static bool isAcceptableObjCMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
7541 | ObjCMethodKind WantKind, |
7542 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
7543 | bool AllowSameLength = true) { |
7544 | return isAcceptableObjCSelector(Sel: Method->getSelector(), WantKind, SelIdents, |
7545 | AllowSameLength); |
7546 | } |
7547 | |
7548 | /// A set of selectors, which is used to avoid introducing multiple |
7549 | /// completions with the same selector into the result set. |
7550 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 16> VisitedSelectorSet; |
7551 | |
7552 | /// Add all of the Objective-C methods in the given Objective-C |
7553 | /// container to the set of results. |
7554 | /// |
7555 | /// The container will be a class, protocol, category, or implementation of |
7556 | /// any of the above. This mether will recurse to include methods from |
7557 | /// the superclasses of classes along with their categories, protocols, and |
7558 | /// implementations. |
7559 | /// |
7560 | /// \param Container the container in which we'll look to find methods. |
7561 | /// |
7562 | /// \param WantInstanceMethods Whether to add instance methods (only); if |
7563 | /// false, this routine will add factory methods (only). |
7564 | /// |
7565 | /// \param CurContext the context in which we're performing the lookup that |
7566 | /// finds methods. |
7567 | /// |
7568 | /// \param AllowSameLength Whether we allow a method to be added to the list |
7569 | /// when it has the same number of parameters as we have selector identifiers. |
7570 | /// |
7571 | /// \param Results the structure into which we'll add results. |
7572 | static void AddObjCMethods(ObjCContainerDecl *Container, |
7573 | bool WantInstanceMethods, ObjCMethodKind WantKind, |
7574 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
7575 | DeclContext *CurContext, |
7576 | VisitedSelectorSet &Selectors, bool AllowSameLength, |
7577 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool InOriginalClass = true, |
7578 | bool IsRootClass = false) { |
7579 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
7580 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); |
7581 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: Container); |
7582 | IsRootClass = IsRootClass || (IFace && !IFace->getSuperClass()); |
7583 | for (ObjCMethodDecl *M : Container->methods()) { |
7584 | // The instance methods on the root class can be messaged via the |
7585 | // metaclass. |
7586 | if (M->isInstanceMethod() == WantInstanceMethods || |
7587 | (IsRootClass && !WantInstanceMethods)) { |
7588 | // Check whether the selector identifiers we've been given are a |
7589 | // subset of the identifiers for this particular method. |
7590 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(Method: M, WantKind, SelIdents, AllowSameLength)) |
7591 | continue; |
7592 | |
7593 | if (!Selectors.insert(Ptr: M->getSelector()).second) |
7594 | continue; |
7595 | |
7596 | Result R = Result(M, Results.getBasePriority(M), nullptr); |
7597 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); |
7598 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = (WantKind != MK_Any); |
7599 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
7600 | setInBaseClass(R); |
7601 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
7602 | } |
7603 | } |
7604 | |
7605 | // Visit the protocols of protocols. |
7606 | if (const auto *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Val: Container)) { |
7607 | if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) { |
7608 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = |
7609 | Protocol->getReferencedProtocols(); |
7610 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), |
7611 | E = Protocols.end(); |
7612 | I != E; ++I) |
7613 | AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, |
7614 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); |
7615 | } |
7616 | } |
7617 | |
7618 | if (!IFace || !IFace->hasDefinition()) |
7619 | return; |
7620 | |
7621 | // Add methods in protocols. |
7622 | for (ObjCProtocolDecl *I : IFace->protocols()) |
7623 | AddObjCMethods(I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, |
7624 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); |
7625 | |
7626 | // Add methods in categories. |
7627 | for (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl : IFace->known_categories()) { |
7628 | AddObjCMethods(CatDecl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, |
7629 | CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, |
7630 | InOriginalClass, IsRootClass); |
7631 | |
7632 | // Add a categories protocol methods. |
7633 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = |
7634 | CatDecl->getReferencedProtocols(); |
7635 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), |
7636 | E = Protocols.end(); |
7637 | I != E; ++I) |
7638 | AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, |
7639 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); |
7640 | |
7641 | // Add methods in category implementations. |
7642 | if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl = CatDecl->getImplementation()) |
7643 | AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, |
7644 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass, |
7645 | IsRootClass); |
7646 | } |
7647 | |
7648 | // Add methods in superclass. |
7649 | // Avoid passing in IsRootClass since root classes won't have super classes. |
7650 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) |
7651 | AddObjCMethods(IFace->getSuperClass(), WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, |
7652 | SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, |
7653 | /*IsRootClass=*/false); |
7654 | |
7655 | // Add methods in our implementation, if any. |
7656 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation()) |
7657 | AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, |
7658 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass, |
7659 | IsRootClass); |
7660 | } |
7661 | |
7662 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S) { |
7663 | // Try to find the interface where getters might live. |
7664 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: CurContext); |
7665 | if (!Class) { |
7666 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = |
7667 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Val: CurContext)) |
7668 | Class = Category->getClassInterface(); |
7669 | |
7670 | if (!Class) |
7671 | return; |
7672 | } |
7673 | |
7674 | // Find all of the potential getters. |
7675 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
7676 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7677 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
7678 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
7679 | |
7680 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; |
7681 | AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_ZeroArgSelector, std::nullopt, CurContext, |
7682 | Selectors, |
7683 | /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results); |
7684 | Results.ExitScope(); |
7685 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
7686 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
7687 | } |
7688 | |
7689 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S) { |
7690 | // Try to find the interface where setters might live. |
7691 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: CurContext); |
7692 | if (!Class) { |
7693 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = |
7694 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Val: CurContext)) |
7695 | Class = Category->getClassInterface(); |
7696 | |
7697 | if (!Class) |
7698 | return; |
7699 | } |
7700 | |
7701 | // Find all of the potential getters. |
7702 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
7703 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7704 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
7705 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
7706 | |
7707 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; |
7708 | AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_OneArgSelector, std::nullopt, CurContext, |
7709 | Selectors, |
7710 | /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results); |
7711 | |
7712 | Results.ExitScope(); |
7713 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
7714 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
7715 | } |
7716 | |
7717 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, |
7718 | bool IsParameter) { |
7719 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
7720 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7721 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type); |
7722 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
7723 | |
7724 | // Add context-sensitive, Objective-C parameter-passing keywords. |
7725 | bool AddedInOut = false; |
7726 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & |
7727 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_In | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) { |
7728 | Results.AddResult(R: "in" ); |
7729 | Results.AddResult(R: "inout" ); |
7730 | AddedInOut = true; |
7731 | } |
7732 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & |
7733 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Out | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) { |
7734 | Results.AddResult(R: "out" ); |
7735 | if (!AddedInOut) |
7736 | Results.AddResult(R: "inout" ); |
7737 | } |
7738 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & |
7739 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Bycopy | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Byref | |
7740 | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Oneway)) == 0) { |
7741 | Results.AddResult(R: "bycopy" ); |
7742 | Results.AddResult(R: "byref" ); |
7743 | Results.AddResult(R: "oneway" ); |
7744 | } |
7745 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_CSNullability) == 0) { |
7746 | Results.AddResult(R: "nonnull" ); |
7747 | Results.AddResult(R: "nullable" ); |
7748 | Results.AddResult(R: "null_unspecified" ); |
7749 | } |
7750 | |
7751 | // If we're completing the return type of an Objective-C method and the |
7752 | // identifier IBAction refers to a macro, provide a completion item for |
7753 | // an action, e.g., |
7754 | // IBAction)<#selector#>:(id)sender |
7755 | if (DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() == 0 && !IsParameter && |
7756 | PP.isMacroDefined(Id: "IBAction" )) { |
7757 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
7758 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7759 | CCP_CodePattern, CXAvailability_Available); |
7760 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "IBAction" ); |
7761 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
7762 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "selector" ); |
7763 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
7764 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
7765 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "id" ); |
7766 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
7767 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "sender" ); |
7768 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
7769 | } |
7770 | |
7771 | // If we're completing the return type, provide 'instancetype'. |
7772 | if (!IsParameter) { |
7773 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult("instancetype" )); |
7774 | } |
7775 | |
7776 | // Add various builtin type names and specifiers. |
7777 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(CCC: PCC_Type, S, SemaRef&: *this, Results); |
7778 | Results.ExitScope(); |
7779 | |
7780 | // Add the various type names |
7781 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName); |
7782 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
7783 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
7784 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
7785 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
7786 | |
7787 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
7788 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, LoadExternal: CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), IncludeUndefined: false); |
7789 | |
7790 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
7791 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
7792 | } |
7793 | |
7794 | /// When we have an expression with type "id", we may assume |
7795 | /// that it has some more-specific class type based on knowledge of |
7796 | /// common uses of Objective-C. This routine returns that class type, |
7797 | /// or NULL if no better result could be determined. |
7798 | static ObjCInterfaceDecl *GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(Expr *E) { |
7799 | auto *Msg = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(Val: E); |
7800 | if (!Msg) |
7801 | return nullptr; |
7802 | |
7803 | Selector Sel = Msg->getSelector(); |
7804 | if (Sel.isNull()) |
7805 | return nullptr; |
7806 | |
7807 | IdentifierInfo *Id = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(argIndex: 0); |
7808 | if (!Id) |
7809 | return nullptr; |
7810 | |
7811 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Msg->getMethodDecl(); |
7812 | if (!Method) |
7813 | return nullptr; |
7814 | |
7815 | // Determine the class that we're sending the message to. |
7816 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; |
7817 | switch (Msg->getReceiverKind()) { |
7818 | case ObjCMessageExpr::Class: |
7819 | if (const ObjCObjectType *ObjType = |
7820 | Msg->getClassReceiver()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) |
7821 | IFace = ObjType->getInterface(); |
7822 | break; |
7823 | |
7824 | case ObjCMessageExpr::Instance: { |
7825 | QualType T = Msg->getInstanceReceiver()->getType(); |
7826 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
7827 | IFace = Ptr->getInterfaceDecl(); |
7828 | break; |
7829 | } |
7830 | |
7831 | case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance: |
7832 | case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperClass: |
7833 | break; |
7834 | } |
7835 | |
7836 | if (!IFace) |
7837 | return nullptr; |
7838 | |
7839 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IFace->getSuperClass(); |
7840 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) |
7841 | return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName()) |
7842 | .Case(S: "retain" , Value: IFace) |
7843 | .Case(S: "strong" , Value: IFace) |
7844 | .Case(S: "autorelease" , Value: IFace) |
7845 | .Case(S: "copy" , Value: IFace) |
7846 | .Case(S: "copyWithZone" , Value: IFace) |
7847 | .Case(S: "mutableCopy" , Value: IFace) |
7848 | .Case(S: "mutableCopyWithZone" , Value: IFace) |
7849 | .Case(S: "awakeFromCoder" , Value: IFace) |
7850 | .Case(S: "replacementObjectFromCoder" , Value: IFace) |
7851 | .Case(S: "class" , Value: IFace) |
7852 | .Case(S: "classForCoder" , Value: IFace) |
7853 | .Case(S: "superclass" , Value: Super) |
7854 | .Default(Value: nullptr); |
7855 | |
7856 | return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName()) |
7857 | .Case(S: "new" , Value: IFace) |
7858 | .Case(S: "alloc" , Value: IFace) |
7859 | .Case(S: "allocWithZone" , Value: IFace) |
7860 | .Case(S: "class" , Value: IFace) |
7861 | .Case(S: "superclass" , Value: Super) |
7862 | .Default(Value: nullptr); |
7863 | } |
7864 | |
7865 | // Add a special completion for a message send to "super", which fills in the |
7866 | // most likely case of forwarding all of our arguments to the superclass |
7867 | // function. |
7868 | /// |
7869 | /// \param S The semantic analysis object. |
7870 | /// |
7871 | /// \param NeedSuperKeyword Whether we need to prefix this completion with |
7872 | /// the "super" keyword. Otherwise, we just need to provide the arguments. |
7873 | /// |
7874 | /// \param SelIdents The identifiers in the selector that have already been |
7875 | /// provided as arguments for a send to "super". |
7876 | /// |
7877 | /// \param Results The set of results to augment. |
7878 | /// |
7879 | /// \returns the Objective-C method declaration that would be invoked by |
7880 | /// this "super" completion. If NULL, no completion was added. |
7881 | static ObjCMethodDecl * |
7882 | AddSuperSendCompletion(Sema &S, bool NeedSuperKeyword, |
7883 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
7884 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
7885 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = S.getCurMethodDecl(); |
7886 | if (!CurMethod) |
7887 | return nullptr; |
7888 | |
7889 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); |
7890 | if (!Class) |
7891 | return nullptr; |
7892 | |
7893 | // Try to find a superclass method with the same selector. |
7894 | ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = nullptr; |
7895 | while ((Class = Class->getSuperClass()) && !SuperMethod) { |
7896 | // Check in the class |
7897 | SuperMethod = Class->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(), |
7898 | CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()); |
7899 | |
7900 | // Check in categories or class extensions. |
7901 | if (!SuperMethod) { |
7902 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->known_categories()) { |
7903 | if ((SuperMethod = Cat->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(), |
7904 | CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()))) |
7905 | break; |
7906 | } |
7907 | } |
7908 | } |
7909 | |
7910 | if (!SuperMethod) |
7911 | return nullptr; |
7912 | |
7913 | // Check whether the superclass method has the same signature. |
7914 | if (CurMethod->param_size() != SuperMethod->param_size() || |
7915 | CurMethod->isVariadic() != SuperMethod->isVariadic()) |
7916 | return nullptr; |
7917 | |
7918 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(), |
7919 | CurPEnd = CurMethod->param_end(), |
7920 | SuperP = SuperMethod->param_begin(); |
7921 | CurP != CurPEnd; ++CurP, ++SuperP) { |
7922 | // Make sure the parameter types are compatible. |
7923 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: (*CurP)->getType(), |
7924 | T2: (*SuperP)->getType())) |
7925 | return nullptr; |
7926 | |
7927 | // Make sure we have a parameter name to forward! |
7928 | if (!(*CurP)->getIdentifier()) |
7929 | return nullptr; |
7930 | } |
7931 | |
7932 | // We have a superclass method. Now, form the send-to-super completion. |
7933 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
7934 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
7935 | |
7936 | // Give this completion a return type. |
7937 | AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S), SuperMethod, |
7938 | Results.getCompletionContext().getBaseType(), Builder); |
7939 | |
7940 | // If we need the "super" keyword, add it (plus some spacing). |
7941 | if (NeedSuperKeyword) { |
7942 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "super" ); |
7943 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7944 | } |
7945 | |
7946 | Selector Sel = CurMethod->getSelector(); |
7947 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { |
7948 | if (NeedSuperKeyword) |
7949 | Builder.AddTextChunk( |
7950 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: 0))); |
7951 | else |
7952 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
7953 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: 0))); |
7954 | } else { |
7955 | ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(); |
7956 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I, ++CurP) { |
7957 | if (I > SelIdents.size()) |
7958 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
7959 | |
7960 | if (I < SelIdents.size()) |
7961 | Builder.AddInformativeChunk( |
7962 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: I) + ":" )); |
7963 | else if (NeedSuperKeyword || I > SelIdents.size()) { |
7964 | Builder.AddTextChunk( |
7965 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: I) + ":" )); |
7966 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( |
7967 | String: (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName())); |
7968 | } else { |
7969 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
7970 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: I) + ":" )); |
7971 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( |
7972 | String: (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName())); |
7973 | } |
7974 | } |
7975 | } |
7976 | |
7977 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), SuperMethod, |
7978 | CCP_SuperCompletion)); |
7979 | return SuperMethod; |
7980 | } |
7981 | |
7982 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S) { |
7983 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
7984 | ResultBuilder Results( |
7985 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
7986 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
7987 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver, |
7988 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 |
7989 | ? &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture |
7990 | : &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver); |
7991 | |
7992 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
7993 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
7994 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
7995 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
7996 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
7997 | |
7998 | // If we are in an Objective-C method inside a class that has a superclass, |
7999 | // add "super" as an option. |
8000 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getCurMethodDecl()) |
8001 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Iface = Method->getClassInterface()) |
8002 | if (Iface->getSuperClass()) { |
8003 | Results.AddResult(R: Result("super" )); |
8004 | |
8005 | AddSuperSendCompletion(S&: *this, /*NeedSuperKeyword=*/true, SelIdents: std::nullopt, |
8006 | Results); |
8007 | } |
8008 | |
8009 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
8010 | addThisCompletion(S&: *this, Results); |
8011 | |
8012 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8013 | |
8014 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
8015 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, LoadExternal: CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), IncludeUndefined: false); |
8016 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8017 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8018 | } |
8019 | |
8020 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8021 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
8022 | bool AtArgumentExpression) { |
8023 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr; |
8024 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) { |
8025 | // Figure out which interface we're in. |
8026 | CDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); |
8027 | if (!CDecl) |
8028 | return; |
8029 | |
8030 | // Find the superclass of this class. |
8031 | CDecl = CDecl->getSuperClass(); |
8032 | if (!CDecl) |
8033 | return; |
8034 | |
8035 | if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) { |
8036 | // We are inside an instance method, which means that the message |
8037 | // send [super ...] is actually calling an instance method on the |
8038 | // current object. |
8039 | return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, Receiver: nullptr, SelIdents, |
8040 | AtArgumentExpression, Super: CDecl); |
8041 | } |
8042 | |
8043 | // Fall through to send to the superclass in CDecl. |
8044 | } else { |
8045 | // "super" may be the name of a type or variable. Figure out which |
8046 | // it is. |
8047 | IdentifierInfo *Super = getSuperIdentifier(); |
8048 | NamedDecl *ND = LookupSingleName(S, Name: Super, Loc: SuperLoc, NameKind: LookupOrdinaryName); |
8049 | if ((CDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: ND))) { |
8050 | // "super" names an interface. Use it. |
8051 | } else if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<TypeDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
8052 | if (const ObjCObjectType *Iface = |
8053 | Context.getTypeDeclType(Decl: TD)->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) |
8054 | CDecl = Iface->getInterface(); |
8055 | } else if (ND && isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Val: ND)) { |
8056 | // "super" names an unresolved type; we can't be more specific. |
8057 | } else { |
8058 | // Assume that "super" names some kind of value and parse that way. |
8059 | CXXScopeSpec SS; |
8060 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; |
8061 | UnqualifiedId id; |
8062 | id.setIdentifier(Id: Super, IdLoc: SuperLoc); |
8063 | ExprResult SuperExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SS, TemplateKWLoc, Id&: id, |
8064 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false, |
8065 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); |
8066 | return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, Receiver: (Expr *)SuperExpr.get(), |
8067 | SelIdents, AtArgumentExpression); |
8068 | } |
8069 | |
8070 | // Fall through |
8071 | } |
8072 | |
8073 | ParsedType Receiver; |
8074 | if (CDecl) |
8075 | Receiver = ParsedType::make(P: Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Decl: CDecl)); |
8076 | return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(S, Receiver, SelIdents, |
8077 | AtArgumentExpression, |
8078 | /*IsSuper=*/true); |
8079 | } |
8080 | |
8081 | /// Given a set of code-completion results for the argument of a message |
8082 | /// send, determine the preferred type (if any) for that argument expression. |
8083 | static QualType getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(ResultBuilder &Results, |
8084 | unsigned NumSelIdents) { |
8085 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
8086 | ASTContext &Context = Results.getSema().Context; |
8087 | |
8088 | QualType PreferredType; |
8089 | unsigned BestPriority = CCP_Unlikely * 2; |
8090 | Result *ResultsData = Results.data(); |
8091 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Results.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
8092 | Result &R = ResultsData[I]; |
8093 | if (R.Kind == Result::RK_Declaration && |
8094 | isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: R.Declaration)) { |
8095 | if (R.Priority <= BestPriority) { |
8096 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: R.Declaration); |
8097 | if (NumSelIdents <= Method->param_size()) { |
8098 | QualType MyPreferredType = |
8099 | Method->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]->getType(); |
8100 | if (R.Priority < BestPriority || PreferredType.isNull()) { |
8101 | BestPriority = R.Priority; |
8102 | PreferredType = MyPreferredType; |
8103 | } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: PreferredType, |
8104 | T2: MyPreferredType)) { |
8105 | PreferredType = QualType(); |
8106 | } |
8107 | } |
8108 | } |
8109 | } |
8110 | } |
8111 | |
8112 | return PreferredType; |
8113 | } |
8114 | |
8115 | static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, |
8116 | ParsedType Receiver, |
8117 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
8118 | bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper, |
8119 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
8120 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
8121 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr; |
8122 | |
8123 | // If the given name refers to an interface type, retrieve the |
8124 | // corresponding declaration. |
8125 | if (Receiver) { |
8126 | QualType T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(Ty: Receiver, TInfo: nullptr); |
8127 | if (!T.isNull()) |
8128 | if (const ObjCObjectType *Interface = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) |
8129 | CDecl = Interface->getInterface(); |
8130 | } |
8131 | |
8132 | // Add all of the factory methods in this Objective-C class, its protocols, |
8133 | // superclasses, categories, implementation, etc. |
8134 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8135 | |
8136 | // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send |
8137 | // completion. |
8138 | if (IsSuper) { |
8139 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = |
8140 | AddSuperSendCompletion(S&: SemaRef, NeedSuperKeyword: false, SelIdents, Results)) |
8141 | Results.Ignore(SuperMethod); |
8142 | } |
8143 | |
8144 | // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to |
8145 | // others. |
8146 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) |
8147 | Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector()); |
8148 | |
8149 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; |
8150 | if (CDecl) |
8151 | AddObjCMethods(CDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, SemaRef.CurContext, |
8152 | Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); |
8153 | else { |
8154 | // We're messaging "id" as a type; provide all class/factory methods. |
8155 | |
8156 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method |
8157 | // pool from the AST file. |
8158 | if (SemaRef.getExternalSource()) { |
8159 | for (uint32_t I = 0, |
8160 | N = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetNumExternalSelectors(); |
8161 | I != N; ++I) { |
8162 | Selector Sel = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetExternalSelector(ID: I); |
8163 | if (Sel.isNull() || SemaRef.MethodPool.count(Sel)) |
8164 | continue; |
8165 | |
8166 | SemaRef.ReadMethodPool(Sel); |
8167 | } |
8168 | } |
8169 | |
8170 | for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = SemaRef.MethodPool.begin(), |
8171 | MEnd = SemaRef.MethodPool.end(); |
8172 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
8173 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.second; |
8174 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { |
8175 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(Method: MethList->getMethod(), WantKind: MK_Any, SelIdents)) |
8176 | continue; |
8177 | |
8178 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), |
8179 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); |
8180 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); |
8181 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; |
8182 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext: SemaRef.CurContext); |
8183 | } |
8184 | } |
8185 | } |
8186 | |
8187 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8188 | } |
8189 | |
8190 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, |
8191 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
8192 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
8193 | bool IsSuper) { |
8194 | |
8195 | QualType T = this->GetTypeFromParser(Ty: Receiver); |
8196 | |
8197 | ResultBuilder Results( |
8198 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8199 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8200 | CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCClassMessage, T, |
8201 | SelIdents)); |
8202 | |
8203 | AddClassMessageCompletions(SemaRef&: *this, S, Receiver, SelIdents, |
8204 | AtArgumentExpression, IsSuper, Results); |
8205 | |
8206 | // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the |
8207 | // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression. |
8208 | // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can |
8209 | // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as |
8210 | // our preferred type, improving completion results. |
8211 | if (AtArgumentExpression) { |
8212 | QualType PreferredType = |
8213 | getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, NumSelIdents: SelIdents.size()); |
8214 | if (PreferredType.isNull()) |
8215 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, CompletionContext: PCC_Expression); |
8216 | else |
8217 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); |
8218 | return; |
8219 | } |
8220 | |
8221 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8222 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8223 | } |
8224 | |
8225 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, |
8226 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
8227 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
8228 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super) { |
8229 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
8230 | |
8231 | Expr *RecExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Receiver); |
8232 | |
8233 | // If necessary, apply function/array conversion to the receiver. |
8234 | // C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8]. |
8235 | if (RecExpr) { |
8236 | ExprResult Conv = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: RecExpr); |
8237 | if (Conv.isInvalid()) // conversion failed. bail. |
8238 | return; |
8239 | RecExpr = Conv.get(); |
8240 | } |
8241 | QualType ReceiverType = RecExpr |
8242 | ? RecExpr->getType() |
8243 | : Super ? Context.getObjCObjectPointerType( |
8244 | OIT: Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Decl: Super)) |
8245 | : Context.getObjCIdType(); |
8246 | |
8247 | // If we're messaging an expression with type "id" or "Class", check |
8248 | // whether we know something special about the receiver that allows |
8249 | // us to assume a more-specific receiver type. |
8250 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() || ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) { |
8251 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(E: RecExpr)) { |
8252 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) |
8253 | return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage( |
8254 | S, Receiver: ParsedType::make(P: Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Decl: IFace)), SelIdents, |
8255 | AtArgumentExpression, IsSuper: Super); |
8256 | |
8257 | ReceiverType = |
8258 | Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(OIT: Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Decl: IFace)); |
8259 | } |
8260 | } else if (RecExpr && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
8261 | ExprResult Conv = PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(From: RecExpr); |
8262 | if (Conv.isUsable()) { |
8263 | RecExpr = Conv.get(); |
8264 | ReceiverType = RecExpr->getType(); |
8265 | } |
8266 | } |
8267 | |
8268 | // Build the set of methods we can see. |
8269 | ResultBuilder Results( |
8270 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8271 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8272 | CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInstanceMessage, |
8273 | ReceiverType, SelIdents)); |
8274 | |
8275 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8276 | |
8277 | // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send |
8278 | // completion. |
8279 | if (Super) { |
8280 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = |
8281 | AddSuperSendCompletion(S&: *this, NeedSuperKeyword: false, SelIdents, Results)) |
8282 | Results.Ignore(SuperMethod); |
8283 | } |
8284 | |
8285 | // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to |
8286 | // others. |
8287 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) |
8288 | Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector()); |
8289 | |
8290 | // Keep track of the selectors we've already added. |
8291 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; |
8292 | |
8293 | // Handle messages to Class. This really isn't a message to an instance |
8294 | // method, so we treat it the same way we would treat a message send to a |
8295 | // class method. |
8296 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() || |
8297 | ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { |
8298 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) { |
8299 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) |
8300 | AddObjCMethods(ClassDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, |
8301 | Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); |
8302 | } |
8303 | } |
8304 | // Handle messages to a qualified ID ("id<foo>"). |
8305 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *QualID = |
8306 | ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { |
8307 | // Search protocols for instance methods. |
8308 | for (auto *I : QualID->quals()) |
8309 | AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, |
8310 | AtArgumentExpression, Results); |
8311 | } |
8312 | // Handle messages to a pointer to interface type. |
8313 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IFacePtr = |
8314 | ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { |
8315 | // Search the class, its superclasses, etc., for instance methods. |
8316 | AddObjCMethods(IFacePtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, MK_Any, SelIdents, |
8317 | CurContext, Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); |
8318 | |
8319 | // Search protocols for instance methods. |
8320 | for (auto *I : IFacePtr->quals()) |
8321 | AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, |
8322 | AtArgumentExpression, Results); |
8323 | } |
8324 | // Handle messages to "id". |
8325 | else if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType()) { |
8326 | // We're messaging "id", so provide all instance methods we know |
8327 | // about as code-completion results. |
8328 | |
8329 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method |
8330 | // pool from the AST file. |
8331 | if (ExternalSource) { |
8332 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); |
8333 | I != N; ++I) { |
8334 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(ID: I); |
8335 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) |
8336 | continue; |
8337 | |
8338 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); |
8339 | } |
8340 | } |
8341 | |
8342 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), |
8343 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); |
8344 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
8345 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.first; |
8346 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { |
8347 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(Method: MethList->getMethod(), WantKind: MK_Any, SelIdents)) |
8348 | continue; |
8349 | |
8350 | if (!Selectors.insert(Ptr: MethList->getMethod()->getSelector()).second) |
8351 | continue; |
8352 | |
8353 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), |
8354 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); |
8355 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); |
8356 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; |
8357 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
8358 | } |
8359 | } |
8360 | } |
8361 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8362 | |
8363 | // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the |
8364 | // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression. |
8365 | // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can |
8366 | // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as |
8367 | // our preferred type, improving completion results. |
8368 | if (AtArgumentExpression) { |
8369 | QualType PreferredType = |
8370 | getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, NumSelIdents: SelIdents.size()); |
8371 | if (PreferredType.isNull()) |
8372 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, CompletionContext: PCC_Expression); |
8373 | else |
8374 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); |
8375 | return; |
8376 | } |
8377 | |
8378 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8379 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8380 | } |
8381 | |
8382 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, |
8383 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar) { |
8384 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data; |
8385 | Data.ObjCCollection = true; |
8386 | |
8387 | if (IterationVar.getAsOpaquePtr()) { |
8388 | DeclGroupRef DG = IterationVar.get(); |
8389 | for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), End = DG.end(); I != End; ++I) { |
8390 | if (*I) |
8391 | Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(Elt: *I); |
8392 | } |
8393 | } |
8394 | |
8395 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); |
8396 | } |
8397 | |
8398 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, |
8399 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) { |
8400 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method |
8401 | // pool from the AST file. |
8402 | if (ExternalSource) { |
8403 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N; |
8404 | ++I) { |
8405 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(ID: I); |
8406 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) |
8407 | continue; |
8408 | |
8409 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); |
8410 | } |
8411 | } |
8412 | |
8413 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8414 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8415 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SelectorName); |
8416 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8417 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), |
8418 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); |
8419 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
8420 | |
8421 | Selector Sel = M->first; |
8422 | if (!isAcceptableObjCSelector(Sel, WantKind: MK_Any, SelIdents)) |
8423 | continue; |
8424 | |
8425 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
8426 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
8427 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { |
8428 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
8429 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: 0))); |
8430 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
8431 | continue; |
8432 | } |
8433 | |
8434 | std::string Accumulator; |
8435 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) { |
8436 | if (I == SelIdents.size()) { |
8437 | if (!Accumulator.empty()) { |
8438 | Builder.AddInformativeChunk( |
8439 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Accumulator)); |
8440 | Accumulator.clear(); |
8441 | } |
8442 | } |
8443 | |
8444 | Accumulator += Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: I); |
8445 | Accumulator += ':'; |
8446 | } |
8447 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Accumulator)); |
8448 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
8449 | } |
8450 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8451 | |
8452 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8453 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8454 | } |
8455 | |
8456 | /// Add all of the protocol declarations that we find in the given |
8457 | /// (translation unit) context. |
8458 | static void AddProtocolResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext, |
8459 | bool OnlyForwardDeclarations, |
8460 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
8461 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
8462 | |
8463 | for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) { |
8464 | // Record any protocols we find. |
8465 | if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Val: D)) |
8466 | if (!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Proto->hasDefinition()) |
8467 | Results.AddResult( |
8468 | R: Result(Proto, Results.getBasePriority(Proto), nullptr), CurContext, |
8469 | Hiding: nullptr, InBaseClass: false); |
8470 | } |
8471 | } |
8472 | |
8473 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( |
8474 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols) { |
8475 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8476 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8477 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName); |
8478 | |
8479 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
8480 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8481 | |
8482 | // Tell the result set to ignore all of the protocols we have |
8483 | // already seen. |
8484 | // FIXME: This doesn't work when caching code-completion results. |
8485 | for (const IdentifierLocPair &Pair : Protocols) |
8486 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = LookupProtocol(II: Pair.first, IdLoc: Pair.second)) |
8487 | Results.Ignore(Protocol); |
8488 | |
8489 | // Add all protocols. |
8490 | AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, |
8491 | Results); |
8492 | |
8493 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8494 | } |
8495 | |
8496 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8497 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8498 | } |
8499 | |
8500 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *) { |
8501 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8502 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8503 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName); |
8504 | |
8505 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
8506 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8507 | |
8508 | // Add all protocols. |
8509 | AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, true, |
8510 | Results); |
8511 | |
8512 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8513 | } |
8514 | |
8515 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8516 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8517 | } |
8518 | |
8519 | /// Add all of the Objective-C interface declarations that we find in |
8520 | /// the given (translation unit) context. |
8521 | static void AddInterfaceResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext, |
8522 | bool OnlyForwardDeclarations, |
8523 | bool OnlyUnimplemented, |
8524 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
8525 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
8526 | |
8527 | for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) { |
8528 | // Record any interfaces we find. |
8529 | if (const auto *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: D)) |
8530 | if ((!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Class->hasDefinition()) && |
8531 | (!OnlyUnimplemented || !Class->getImplementation())) |
8532 | Results.AddResult( |
8533 | R: Result(Class, Results.getBasePriority(Class), nullptr), CurContext, |
8534 | Hiding: nullptr, InBaseClass: false); |
8535 | } |
8536 | } |
8537 | |
8538 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S) { |
8539 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8540 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8541 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName); |
8542 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8543 | |
8544 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
8545 | // Add all classes. |
8546 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, |
8547 | false, Results); |
8548 | } |
8549 | |
8550 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8551 | |
8552 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8553 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8554 | } |
8555 | |
8556 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassForwardDecl(Scope *S) { |
8557 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8558 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8559 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCClassForwardDecl); |
8560 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8561 | |
8562 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
8563 | // Add all classes. |
8564 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, |
8565 | false, Results); |
8566 | } |
8567 | |
8568 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8569 | |
8570 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8571 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8572 | } |
8573 | |
8574 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
8575 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { |
8576 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8577 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8578 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName); |
8579 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8580 | |
8581 | // Make sure that we ignore the class we're currently defining. |
8582 | NamedDecl *CurClass = |
8583 | LookupSingleName(S: TUScope, Name: ClassName, Loc: ClassNameLoc, NameKind: LookupOrdinaryName); |
8584 | if (CurClass && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: CurClass)) |
8585 | Results.Ignore(CurClass); |
8586 | |
8587 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
8588 | // Add all classes. |
8589 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, |
8590 | false, Results); |
8591 | } |
8592 | |
8593 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8594 | |
8595 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8596 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8597 | } |
8598 | |
8599 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S) { |
8600 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8601 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8602 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation); |
8603 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8604 | |
8605 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
8606 | // Add all unimplemented classes. |
8607 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, |
8608 | true, Results); |
8609 | } |
8610 | |
8611 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8612 | |
8613 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8614 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8615 | } |
8616 | |
8617 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, |
8618 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
8619 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { |
8620 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
8621 | |
8622 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8623 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8624 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName); |
8625 | |
8626 | // Ignore any categories we find that have already been implemented by this |
8627 | // interface. |
8628 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames; |
8629 | NamedDecl *CurClass = |
8630 | LookupSingleName(S: TUScope, Name: ClassName, Loc: ClassNameLoc, NameKind: LookupOrdinaryName); |
8631 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = |
8632 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: CurClass)) { |
8633 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) |
8634 | CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()); |
8635 | } |
8636 | |
8637 | // Add all of the categories we know about. |
8638 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8639 | TranslationUnitDecl *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
8640 | for (const auto *D : TU->decls()) |
8641 | if (const auto *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) |
8642 | if (CategoryNames.insert(Category->getIdentifier()).second) |
8643 | Results.AddResult( |
8644 | Result(Category, Results.getBasePriority(Category), nullptr), |
8645 | CurContext, nullptr, false); |
8646 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8647 | |
8648 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8649 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8650 | } |
8651 | |
8652 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, |
8653 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
8654 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { |
8655 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
8656 | |
8657 | // Find the corresponding interface. If we couldn't find the interface, the |
8658 | // program itself is ill-formed. However, we'll try to be helpful still by |
8659 | // providing the list of all of the categories we know about. |
8660 | NamedDecl *CurClass = |
8661 | LookupSingleName(S: TUScope, Name: ClassName, Loc: ClassNameLoc, NameKind: LookupOrdinaryName); |
8662 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: CurClass); |
8663 | if (!Class) |
8664 | return CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(S, ClassName, ClassNameLoc); |
8665 | |
8666 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8667 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8668 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName); |
8669 | |
8670 | // Add all of the categories that have corresponding interface |
8671 | // declarations in this class and any of its superclasses, except for |
8672 | // already-implemented categories in the class itself. |
8673 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames; |
8674 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8675 | bool IgnoreImplemented = true; |
8676 | while (Class) { |
8677 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) { |
8678 | if ((!IgnoreImplemented || !Cat->getImplementation()) && |
8679 | CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()).second) |
8680 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Cat, Results.getBasePriority(Cat), nullptr), |
8681 | CurContext, Hiding: nullptr, InBaseClass: false); |
8682 | } |
8683 | |
8684 | Class = Class->getSuperClass(); |
8685 | IgnoreImplemented = false; |
8686 | } |
8687 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8688 | |
8689 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8690 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8691 | } |
8692 | |
8693 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S) { |
8694 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
8695 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8696 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext); |
8697 | |
8698 | // Figure out where this @synthesize lives. |
8699 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container = |
8700 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(Val: CurContext); |
8701 | if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Val: Container) && |
8702 | !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Val: Container))) |
8703 | return; |
8704 | |
8705 | // Ignore any properties that have already been implemented. |
8706 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); |
8707 | for (const auto *D : Container->decls()) |
8708 | if (const auto *PropertyImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)) |
8709 | Results.Ignore(PropertyImpl->getPropertyDecl()); |
8710 | |
8711 | // Add any properties that we find. |
8712 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; |
8713 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8714 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = |
8715 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Val: Container)) |
8716 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ClassImpl->getClassInterface(), false, |
8717 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext, |
8718 | AddedProperties, Results); |
8719 | else |
8720 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, |
8721 | cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Val: Container)->getCategoryDecl(), |
8722 | false, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext, |
8723 | AddedProperties, Results); |
8724 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8725 | |
8726 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8727 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8728 | } |
8729 | |
8730 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar( |
8731 | Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *PropertyName) { |
8732 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
8733 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
8734 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8735 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
8736 | |
8737 | // Figure out where this @synthesize lives. |
8738 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container = |
8739 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(Val: CurContext); |
8740 | if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Val: Container) && |
8741 | !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Val: Container))) |
8742 | return; |
8743 | |
8744 | // Figure out which interface we're looking into. |
8745 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr; |
8746 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = |
8747 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Val: Container)) |
8748 | Class = ClassImpl->getClassInterface(); |
8749 | else |
8750 | Class = cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Val: Container) |
8751 | ->getCategoryDecl() |
8752 | ->getClassInterface(); |
8753 | |
8754 | // Determine the type of the property we're synthesizing. |
8755 | QualType PropertyType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
8756 | if (Class) { |
8757 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration( |
8758 | PropertyName, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) { |
8759 | PropertyType = |
8760 | Property->getType().getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
8761 | |
8762 | // Give preference to ivars |
8763 | Results.setPreferredType(PropertyType); |
8764 | } |
8765 | } |
8766 | |
8767 | // Add all of the instance variables in this class and its superclasses. |
8768 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
8769 | bool SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = false; |
8770 | std::string NameWithPrefix; |
8771 | NameWithPrefix += '_'; |
8772 | NameWithPrefix += PropertyName->getName(); |
8773 | std::string NameWithSuffix = PropertyName->getName().str(); |
8774 | NameWithSuffix += '_'; |
8775 | for (; Class; Class = Class->getSuperClass()) { |
8776 | for (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Ivar; |
8777 | Ivar = Ivar->getNextIvar()) { |
8778 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Ivar, Results.getBasePriority(Ivar), nullptr), |
8779 | CurContext, Hiding: nullptr, InBaseClass: false); |
8780 | |
8781 | // Determine whether we've seen an ivar with a name similar to the |
8782 | // property. |
8783 | if ((PropertyName == Ivar->getIdentifier() || |
8784 | NameWithPrefix == Ivar->getName() || |
8785 | NameWithSuffix == Ivar->getName())) { |
8786 | SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = true; |
8787 | |
8788 | // Reduce the priority of this result by one, to give it a slight |
8789 | // advantage over other results whose names don't match so closely. |
8790 | if (Results.size() && |
8791 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Kind == |
8792 | CodeCompletionResult::RK_Declaration && |
8793 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Declaration == Ivar) |
8794 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Priority--; |
8795 | } |
8796 | } |
8797 | } |
8798 | |
8799 | if (!SawSimilarlyNamedIvar) { |
8800 | // Create ivar result _propName, that the user can use to synthesize |
8801 | // an ivar of the appropriate type. |
8802 | unsigned Priority = CCP_MemberDeclaration + 1; |
8803 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
8804 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
8805 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
8806 | Priority, CXAvailability_Available); |
8807 | |
8808 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S&: *this); |
8809 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( |
8810 | ResultType: GetCompletionTypeString(T: PropertyType, Context, Policy, Allocator)); |
8811 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: NameWithPrefix)); |
8812 | Results.AddResult( |
8813 | R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), Priority, CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl)); |
8814 | } |
8815 | |
8816 | Results.ExitScope(); |
8817 | |
8818 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
8819 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
8820 | } |
8821 | |
8822 | // Mapping from selectors to the methods that implement that selector, along |
8823 | // with the "in original class" flag. |
8824 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, |
8825 | llvm::PointerIntPair<ObjCMethodDecl *, 1, bool>> |
8826 | KnownMethodsMap; |
8827 | |
8828 | /// Find all of the methods that reside in the given container |
8829 | /// (and its superclasses, protocols, etc.) that meet the given |
8830 | /// criteria. Insert those methods into the map of known methods, |
8831 | /// indexed by selector so they can be easily found. |
8832 | static void FindImplementableMethods(ASTContext &Context, |
8833 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container, |
8834 | std::optional<bool> WantInstanceMethods, |
8835 | QualType ReturnType, |
8836 | KnownMethodsMap &KnownMethods, |
8837 | bool InOriginalClass = true) { |
8838 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: Container)) { |
8839 | // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk. |
8840 | if (!IFace->hasDefinition()) |
8841 | return; |
8842 | |
8843 | IFace = IFace->getDefinition(); |
8844 | Container = IFace; |
8845 | |
8846 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = |
8847 | IFace->getReferencedProtocols(); |
8848 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), |
8849 | E = Protocols.end(); |
8850 | I != E; ++I) |
8851 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, |
8852 | KnownMethods, InOriginalClass); |
8853 | |
8854 | // Add methods from any class extensions and categories. |
8855 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) { |
8856 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, Cat, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, |
8857 | KnownMethods, false); |
8858 | } |
8859 | |
8860 | // Visit the superclass. |
8861 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) |
8862 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, IFace->getSuperClass(), |
8863 | WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods, |
8864 | false); |
8865 | } |
8866 | |
8867 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Val: Container)) { |
8868 | // Recurse into protocols. |
8869 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = |
8870 | Category->getReferencedProtocols(); |
8871 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), |
8872 | E = Protocols.end(); |
8873 | I != E; ++I) |
8874 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, |
8875 | KnownMethods, InOriginalClass); |
8876 | |
8877 | // If this category is the original class, jump to the interface. |
8878 | if (InOriginalClass && Category->getClassInterface()) |
8879 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, Category->getClassInterface(), |
8880 | WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods, |
8881 | false); |
8882 | } |
8883 | |
8884 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Val: Container)) { |
8885 | // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk. |
8886 | if (!Protocol->hasDefinition()) |
8887 | return; |
8888 | Protocol = Protocol->getDefinition(); |
8889 | Container = Protocol; |
8890 | |
8891 | // Recurse into protocols. |
8892 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = |
8893 | Protocol->getReferencedProtocols(); |
8894 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), |
8895 | E = Protocols.end(); |
8896 | I != E; ++I) |
8897 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, |
8898 | KnownMethods, false); |
8899 | } |
8900 | |
8901 | // Add methods in this container. This operation occurs last because |
8902 | // we want the methods from this container to override any methods |
8903 | // we've previously seen with the same selector. |
8904 | for (auto *M : Container->methods()) { |
8905 | if (!WantInstanceMethods || M->isInstanceMethod() == *WantInstanceMethods) { |
8906 | if (!ReturnType.isNull() && |
8907 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: ReturnType, T2: M->getReturnType())) |
8908 | continue; |
8909 | |
8910 | KnownMethods[M->getSelector()] = |
8911 | KnownMethodsMap::mapped_type(M, InOriginalClass); |
8912 | } |
8913 | } |
8914 | } |
8915 | |
8916 | /// Add the parenthesized return or parameter type chunk to a code |
8917 | /// completion string. |
8918 | static void AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(QualType Type, unsigned ObjCDeclQuals, |
8919 | ASTContext &Context, |
8920 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
8921 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) { |
8922 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
8923 | std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCQuals: ObjCDeclQuals, Type); |
8924 | if (!Quals.empty()) |
8925 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Quals)); |
8926 | Builder.AddTextChunk( |
8927 | Text: GetCompletionTypeString(T: Type, Context, Policy, Allocator&: Builder.getAllocator())); |
8928 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
8929 | } |
8930 | |
8931 | /// Determine whether the given class is or inherits from a class by |
8932 | /// the given name. |
8933 | static bool InheritsFromClassNamed(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, StringRef Name) { |
8934 | if (!Class) |
8935 | return false; |
8936 | |
8937 | if (Class->getIdentifier() && Class->getIdentifier()->getName() == Name) |
8938 | return true; |
8939 | |
8940 | return InheritsFromClassNamed(Class: Class->getSuperClass(), Name); |
8941 | } |
8942 | |
8943 | /// Add code completions for Objective-C Key-Value Coding (KVC) and |
8944 | /// Key-Value Observing (KVO). |
8945 | static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, |
8946 | bool IsInstanceMethod, |
8947 | QualType ReturnType, ASTContext &Context, |
8948 | VisitedSelectorSet &KnownSelectors, |
8949 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
8950 | IdentifierInfo *PropName = Property->getIdentifier(); |
8951 | if (!PropName || PropName->getLength() == 0) |
8952 | return; |
8953 | |
8954 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S&: Results.getSema()); |
8955 | |
8956 | // Builder that will create each code completion. |
8957 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
8958 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
8959 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
8960 | |
8961 | // The selector table. |
8962 | SelectorTable &Selectors = Context.Selectors; |
8963 | |
8964 | // The property name, copied into the code completion allocation region |
8965 | // on demand. |
8966 | struct KeyHolder { |
8967 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator; |
8968 | StringRef Key; |
8969 | const char *CopiedKey; |
8970 | |
8971 | KeyHolder(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, StringRef Key) |
8972 | : Allocator(Allocator), Key(Key), CopiedKey(nullptr) {} |
8973 | |
8974 | operator const char *() { |
8975 | if (CopiedKey) |
8976 | return CopiedKey; |
8977 | |
8978 | return CopiedKey = Allocator.CopyString(String: Key); |
8979 | } |
8980 | } Key(Allocator, PropName->getName()); |
8981 | |
8982 | // The uppercased name of the property name. |
8983 | std::string UpperKey = std::string(PropName->getName()); |
8984 | if (!UpperKey.empty()) |
8985 | UpperKey[0] = toUppercase(c: UpperKey[0]); |
8986 | |
8987 | bool ReturnTypeMatchesProperty = |
8988 | ReturnType.isNull() || |
8989 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: ReturnType.getNonReferenceType(), |
8990 | T2: Property->getType()); |
8991 | bool ReturnTypeMatchesVoid = ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType(); |
8992 | |
8993 | // Add the normal accessor -(type)key. |
8994 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
8995 | KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getNullarySelector(ID: PropName)).second && |
8996 | ReturnTypeMatchesProperty && !Property->getGetterMethodDecl()) { |
8997 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) |
8998 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Type: Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/ObjCDeclQuals: 0, Context, Policy, |
8999 | Builder); |
9000 | |
9001 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Key); |
9002 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, |
9003 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9004 | } |
9005 | |
9006 | // If we have an integral or boolean property (or the user has provided |
9007 | // an integral or boolean return type), add the accessor -(type)isKey. |
9008 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
9009 | ((!ReturnType.isNull() && |
9010 | (ReturnType->isIntegerType() || ReturnType->isBooleanType())) || |
9011 | (ReturnType.isNull() && (Property->getType()->isIntegerType() || |
9012 | Property->getType()->isBooleanType())))) { |
9013 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("is" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9014 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9015 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getNullarySelector(ID: SelectorId)) |
9016 | .second) { |
9017 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9018 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9019 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "BOOL" ); |
9020 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9021 | } |
9022 | |
9023 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorId->getName())); |
9024 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, |
9025 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9026 | } |
9027 | } |
9028 | |
9029 | // Add the normal mutator. |
9030 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid && |
9031 | !Property->getSetterMethodDecl()) { |
9032 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("set" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9033 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9034 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getUnarySelector(ID: SelectorId)).second) { |
9035 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9036 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9037 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9038 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9039 | } |
9040 | |
9041 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
9042 | Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorId->getName() + ":" )); |
9043 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Type: Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/ObjCDeclQuals: 0, Context, Policy, |
9044 | Builder); |
9045 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: Key); |
9046 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, |
9047 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9048 | } |
9049 | } |
9050 | |
9051 | // Indexed and unordered accessors |
9052 | unsigned IndexedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; |
9053 | unsigned IndexedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; |
9054 | unsigned UnorderedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; |
9055 | unsigned UnorderedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; |
9056 | if (const auto *ObjCPointer = |
9057 | Property->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
9058 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = ObjCPointer->getInterfaceDecl()) { |
9059 | // If this interface type is not provably derived from a known |
9060 | // collection, penalize the corresponding completions. |
9061 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(Class: IFace, Name: "NSMutableArray" )) { |
9062 | IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
9063 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(Class: IFace, Name: "NSArray" )) |
9064 | IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
9065 | } |
9066 | |
9067 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(Class: IFace, Name: "NSMutableSet" )) { |
9068 | UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
9069 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(Class: IFace, Name: "NSSet" )) |
9070 | UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
9071 | } |
9072 | } |
9073 | } else { |
9074 | IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
9075 | IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
9076 | UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
9077 | UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; |
9078 | } |
9079 | |
9080 | // Add -(NSUInteger)countOf<key> |
9081 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
9082 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType())) { |
9083 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("countOf" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9084 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9085 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getNullarySelector(ID: SelectorId)) |
9086 | .second) { |
9087 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9088 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9089 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSUInteger" ); |
9090 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9091 | } |
9092 | |
9093 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorId->getName())); |
9094 | Results.AddResult( |
9095 | R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), |
9096 | std::min(a: IndexedGetterPriority, b: UnorderedGetterPriority), |
9097 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9098 | } |
9099 | } |
9100 | |
9101 | // Indexed getters |
9102 | // Add -(id)objectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index |
9103 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
9104 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { |
9105 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("objectIn" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndex" ).str(); |
9106 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9107 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getUnarySelector(ID: SelectorId)).second) { |
9108 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9109 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9110 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "id" ); |
9111 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9112 | } |
9113 | |
9114 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9115 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9116 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSUInteger" ); |
9117 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9118 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "index" ); |
9119 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, |
9120 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9121 | } |
9122 | } |
9123 | |
9124 | // Add -(NSArray *)keyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes |
9125 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
9126 | (ReturnType.isNull() || |
9127 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
9128 | ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && |
9129 | ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() |
9130 | ->getInterfaceDecl() |
9131 | ->getName() == "NSArray" ))) { |
9132 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine(Property->getName()) + "AtIndexes" ).str(); |
9133 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9134 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getUnarySelector(ID: SelectorId)).second) { |
9135 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9136 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9137 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSArray *" ); |
9138 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9139 | } |
9140 | |
9141 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9142 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9143 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSIndexSet *" ); |
9144 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9145 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "indexes" ); |
9146 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, |
9147 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9148 | } |
9149 | } |
9150 | |
9151 | // Add -(void)getKey:(type **)buffer range:(NSRange)inRange |
9152 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9153 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("get" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9154 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName), |
9155 | &Context.Idents.get(Name: "range" )}; |
9156 | |
9157 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getSelector(NumArgs: 2, IIV: SelectorIds)).second) { |
9158 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9159 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9160 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9161 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9162 | } |
9163 | |
9164 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9165 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9166 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "object-type" ); |
9167 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: " **" ); |
9168 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9169 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "buffer" ); |
9170 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9171 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "range:" ); |
9172 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9173 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSRange" ); |
9174 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9175 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "inRange" ); |
9176 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, |
9177 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9178 | } |
9179 | } |
9180 | |
9181 | // Mutable indexed accessors |
9182 | |
9183 | // - (void)insertObject:(type *)object inKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index |
9184 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9185 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("in" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndex" ).str(); |
9186 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(Name: "insertObject" ), |
9187 | &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName)}; |
9188 | |
9189 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getSelector(NumArgs: 2, IIV: SelectorIds)).second) { |
9190 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9191 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9192 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9193 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9194 | } |
9195 | |
9196 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "insertObject:" ); |
9197 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9198 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "object-type" ); |
9199 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: " *" ); |
9200 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9201 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "object" ); |
9202 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9203 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9204 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9205 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "NSUInteger" ); |
9206 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9207 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "index" ); |
9208 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
9209 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9210 | } |
9211 | } |
9212 | |
9213 | // - (void)insertKey:(NSArray *)array atIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes |
9214 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9215 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("insert" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9216 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName), |
9217 | &Context.Idents.get(Name: "atIndexes" )}; |
9218 | |
9219 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getSelector(NumArgs: 2, IIV: SelectorIds)).second) { |
9220 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9221 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9222 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9223 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9224 | } |
9225 | |
9226 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9227 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9228 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSArray *" ); |
9229 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9230 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "array" ); |
9231 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9232 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "atIndexes:" ); |
9233 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9234 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "NSIndexSet *" ); |
9235 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9236 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "indexes" ); |
9237 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
9238 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9239 | } |
9240 | } |
9241 | |
9242 | // -(void)removeObjectFromKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index |
9243 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9244 | std::string SelectorName = |
9245 | (Twine("removeObjectFrom" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndex" ).str(); |
9246 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9247 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getUnarySelector(ID: SelectorId)).second) { |
9248 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9249 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9250 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9251 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9252 | } |
9253 | |
9254 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9255 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9256 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSUInteger" ); |
9257 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9258 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "index" ); |
9259 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
9260 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9261 | } |
9262 | } |
9263 | |
9264 | // -(void)removeKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes |
9265 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9266 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndexes" ).str(); |
9267 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9268 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getUnarySelector(ID: SelectorId)).second) { |
9269 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9270 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9271 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9272 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9273 | } |
9274 | |
9275 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9276 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9277 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSIndexSet *" ); |
9278 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9279 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "indexes" ); |
9280 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
9281 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9282 | } |
9283 | } |
9284 | |
9285 | // - (void)replaceObjectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withObject:(id)object |
9286 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9287 | std::string SelectorName = |
9288 | (Twine("replaceObjectIn" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndex" ).str(); |
9289 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName), |
9290 | &Context.Idents.get(Name: "withObject" )}; |
9291 | |
9292 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getSelector(NumArgs: 2, IIV: SelectorIds)).second) { |
9293 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9294 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9295 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9296 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9297 | } |
9298 | |
9299 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9300 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9301 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "NSUInteger" ); |
9302 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9303 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "index" ); |
9304 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9305 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "withObject:" ); |
9306 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9307 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "id" ); |
9308 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9309 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "object" ); |
9310 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
9311 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9312 | } |
9313 | } |
9314 | |
9315 | // - (void)replaceKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes withKey:(NSArray *)array |
9316 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9317 | std::string SelectorName1 = |
9318 | (Twine("replace" ) + UpperKey + "AtIndexes" ).str(); |
9319 | std::string SelectorName2 = (Twine("with" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9320 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName1), |
9321 | &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName2)}; |
9322 | |
9323 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getSelector(NumArgs: 2, IIV: SelectorIds)).second) { |
9324 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9325 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9326 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9327 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9328 | } |
9329 | |
9330 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName1 + ":" )); |
9331 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9332 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "NSIndexSet *" ); |
9333 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9334 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "indexes" ); |
9335 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9336 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName2 + ":" )); |
9337 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9338 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSArray *" ); |
9339 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9340 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "array" ); |
9341 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, |
9342 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9343 | } |
9344 | } |
9345 | |
9346 | // Unordered getters |
9347 | // - (NSEnumerator *)enumeratorOfKey |
9348 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
9349 | (ReturnType.isNull() || |
9350 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
9351 | ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && |
9352 | ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() |
9353 | ->getInterfaceDecl() |
9354 | ->getName() == "NSEnumerator" ))) { |
9355 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("enumeratorOf" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9356 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9357 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getNullarySelector(ID: SelectorId)) |
9358 | .second) { |
9359 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9360 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9361 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSEnumerator *" ); |
9362 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9363 | } |
9364 | |
9365 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName)); |
9366 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority, |
9367 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9368 | } |
9369 | } |
9370 | |
9371 | // - (type *)memberOfKey:(type *)object |
9372 | if (IsInstanceMethod && |
9373 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { |
9374 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("memberOf" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9375 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9376 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getUnarySelector(ID: SelectorId)).second) { |
9377 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9378 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9379 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "object-type" ); |
9380 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: " *" ); |
9381 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9382 | } |
9383 | |
9384 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9385 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9386 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9387 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "object-type" ); |
9388 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: " *" ); |
9389 | } else { |
9390 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: GetCompletionTypeString( |
9391 | T: ReturnType, Context, Policy, Allocator&: Builder.getAllocator())); |
9392 | } |
9393 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9394 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "object" ); |
9395 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority, |
9396 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9397 | } |
9398 | } |
9399 | |
9400 | // Mutable unordered accessors |
9401 | // - (void)addKeyObject:(type *)object |
9402 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9403 | std::string SelectorName = |
9404 | (Twine("add" ) + UpperKey + Twine("Object" )).str(); |
9405 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9406 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getUnarySelector(ID: SelectorId)).second) { |
9407 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9408 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9409 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9410 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9411 | } |
9412 | |
9413 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9414 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9415 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "object-type" ); |
9416 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: " *" ); |
9417 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9418 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "object" ); |
9419 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, |
9420 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9421 | } |
9422 | } |
9423 | |
9424 | // - (void)addKey:(NSSet *)objects |
9425 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9426 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("add" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9427 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9428 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getUnarySelector(ID: SelectorId)).second) { |
9429 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9430 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9431 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9432 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9433 | } |
9434 | |
9435 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9436 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9437 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSSet *" ); |
9438 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9439 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "objects" ); |
9440 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, |
9441 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9442 | } |
9443 | } |
9444 | |
9445 | // - (void)removeKeyObject:(type *)object |
9446 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9447 | std::string SelectorName = |
9448 | (Twine("remove" ) + UpperKey + Twine("Object" )).str(); |
9449 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9450 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getUnarySelector(ID: SelectorId)).second) { |
9451 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9452 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9453 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9454 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9455 | } |
9456 | |
9457 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9458 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9459 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "object-type" ); |
9460 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: " *" ); |
9461 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9462 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "object" ); |
9463 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, |
9464 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9465 | } |
9466 | } |
9467 | |
9468 | // - (void)removeKey:(NSSet *)objects |
9469 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9470 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9471 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9472 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getUnarySelector(ID: SelectorId)).second) { |
9473 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9474 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9475 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9476 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9477 | } |
9478 | |
9479 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9480 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9481 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSSet *" ); |
9482 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9483 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "objects" ); |
9484 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, |
9485 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9486 | } |
9487 | } |
9488 | |
9489 | // - (void)intersectKey:(NSSet *)objects |
9490 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { |
9491 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("intersect" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9492 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9493 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getUnarySelector(ID: SelectorId)).second) { |
9494 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9495 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9496 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "void" ); |
9497 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9498 | } |
9499 | |
9500 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName + ":" )); |
9501 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9502 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSSet *" ); |
9503 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9504 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "objects" ); |
9505 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, |
9506 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); |
9507 | } |
9508 | } |
9509 | |
9510 | // Key-Value Observing |
9511 | // + (NSSet *)keyPathsForValuesAffectingKey |
9512 | if (!IsInstanceMethod && |
9513 | (ReturnType.isNull() || |
9514 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
9515 | ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && |
9516 | ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() |
9517 | ->getInterfaceDecl() |
9518 | ->getName() == "NSSet" ))) { |
9519 | std::string SelectorName = |
9520 | (Twine("keyPathsForValuesAffecting" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9521 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9522 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getNullarySelector(ID: SelectorId)) |
9523 | .second) { |
9524 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9525 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9526 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "NSSet<NSString *> *" ); |
9527 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9528 | } |
9529 | |
9530 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName)); |
9531 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, |
9532 | CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl)); |
9533 | } |
9534 | } |
9535 | |
9536 | // + (BOOL)automaticallyNotifiesObserversForKey |
9537 | if (!IsInstanceMethod && |
9538 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType() || |
9539 | ReturnType->isBooleanType())) { |
9540 | std::string SelectorName = |
9541 | (Twine("automaticallyNotifiesObserversOf" ) + UpperKey).str(); |
9542 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(Name: SelectorName); |
9543 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Ptr: Selectors.getNullarySelector(ID: SelectorId)) |
9544 | .second) { |
9545 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9546 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9547 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "BOOL" ); |
9548 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9549 | } |
9550 | |
9551 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Allocator.CopyString(String: SelectorName)); |
9552 | Results.AddResult(R: Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, |
9553 | CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl)); |
9554 | } |
9555 | } |
9556 | } |
9557 | |
9558 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, |
9559 | std::optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, |
9560 | ParsedType ReturnTy) { |
9561 | // Determine the return type of the method we're declaring, if |
9562 | // provided. |
9563 | QualType ReturnType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty: ReturnTy); |
9564 | Decl *IDecl = nullptr; |
9565 | if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) { |
9566 | ObjCContainerDecl *OCD = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(Val: CurContext); |
9567 | IDecl = OCD; |
9568 | } |
9569 | // Determine where we should start searching for methods. |
9570 | ObjCContainerDecl *SearchDecl = nullptr; |
9571 | bool IsInImplementation = false; |
9572 | if (Decl *D = IDecl) { |
9573 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Val: D)) { |
9574 | SearchDecl = Impl->getClassInterface(); |
9575 | IsInImplementation = true; |
9576 | } else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl = |
9577 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Val: D)) { |
9578 | SearchDecl = CatImpl->getCategoryDecl(); |
9579 | IsInImplementation = true; |
9580 | } else |
9581 | SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(Val: D); |
9582 | } |
9583 | |
9584 | if (!SearchDecl && S) { |
9585 | if (DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity()) |
9586 | SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(Val: DC); |
9587 | } |
9588 | |
9589 | if (!SearchDecl) { |
9590 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, |
9591 | Context: CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, Results: nullptr, NumResults: 0); |
9592 | return; |
9593 | } |
9594 | |
9595 | // Find all of the methods that we could declare/implement here. |
9596 | KnownMethodsMap KnownMethods; |
9597 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, Container: SearchDecl, WantInstanceMethods: IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, |
9598 | KnownMethods); |
9599 | |
9600 | // Add declarations or definitions for each of the known methods. |
9601 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
9602 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
9603 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
9604 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
9605 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
9606 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S&: *this); |
9607 | for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(), |
9608 | MEnd = KnownMethods.end(); |
9609 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
9610 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = M->second.getPointer(); |
9611 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
9612 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
9613 | |
9614 | // Add the '-'/'+' prefix if it wasn't provided yet. |
9615 | if (!IsInstanceMethod) { |
9616 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: Method->isInstanceMethod() ? "-" : "+" ); |
9617 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9618 | } |
9619 | |
9620 | // If the result type was not already provided, add it to the |
9621 | // pattern as (type). |
9622 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { |
9623 | QualType ResTy = Method->getSendResultType().stripObjCKindOfType(ctx: Context); |
9624 | AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(T&: ResTy); |
9625 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Type: ResTy, ObjCDeclQuals: Method->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Context, |
9626 | Policy, Builder); |
9627 | } |
9628 | |
9629 | Selector Sel = Method->getSelector(); |
9630 | |
9631 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { |
9632 | // Unary selectors have no arguments. |
9633 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
9634 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: 0))); |
9635 | } else { |
9636 | // Add all parameters to the pattern. |
9637 | unsigned I = 0; |
9638 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = Method->param_begin(), |
9639 | PEnd = Method->param_end(); |
9640 | P != PEnd; (void)++P, ++I) { |
9641 | // Add the part of the selector name. |
9642 | if (I == 0) |
9643 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
9644 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: I) + ":" )); |
9645 | else if (I < Sel.getNumArgs()) { |
9646 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9647 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
9648 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Sel.getNameForSlot(argIndex: I) + ":" )); |
9649 | } else |
9650 | break; |
9651 | |
9652 | // Add the parameter type. |
9653 | QualType ParamType; |
9654 | if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) |
9655 | ParamType = (*P)->getType(); |
9656 | else |
9657 | ParamType = (*P)->getOriginalType(); |
9658 | ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs( |
9659 | ctx&: Context, typeArgs: {}, context: ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); |
9660 | AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(T&: ParamType); |
9661 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Type: ParamType, ObjCDeclQuals: (*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(), |
9662 | Context, Policy, Builder); |
9663 | |
9664 | if (IdentifierInfo *Id = (*P)->getIdentifier()) |
9665 | Builder.AddTextChunk( |
9666 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: Id->getName())); |
9667 | } |
9668 | } |
9669 | |
9670 | if (Method->isVariadic()) { |
9671 | if (Method->param_size() > 0) |
9672 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
9673 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "..." ); |
9674 | } |
9675 | |
9676 | if (IsInImplementation && Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
9677 | // We will be defining the method here, so add a compound statement. |
9678 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9679 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
9680 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
9681 | if (!Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { |
9682 | // If the result type is not void, add a return clause. |
9683 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "return" ); |
9684 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9685 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "expression" ); |
9686 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
9687 | } else |
9688 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "statements" ); |
9689 | |
9690 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
9691 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
9692 | } |
9693 | |
9694 | unsigned Priority = CCP_CodePattern; |
9695 | auto R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), Method, Priority); |
9696 | if (!M->second.getInt()) |
9697 | setInBaseClass(R); |
9698 | Results.AddResult(std::move(R)); |
9699 | } |
9700 | |
9701 | // Add Key-Value-Coding and Key-Value-Observing accessor methods for all of |
9702 | // the properties in this class and its categories. |
9703 | if (Context.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
9704 | SmallVector<ObjCContainerDecl *, 4> Containers; |
9705 | Containers.push_back(Elt: SearchDecl); |
9706 | |
9707 | VisitedSelectorSet KnownSelectors; |
9708 | for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(), |
9709 | MEnd = KnownMethods.end(); |
9710 | M != MEnd; ++M) |
9711 | KnownSelectors.insert(M->first); |
9712 | |
9713 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: SearchDecl); |
9714 | if (!IFace) |
9715 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Val: SearchDecl)) |
9716 | IFace = Category->getClassInterface(); |
9717 | |
9718 | if (IFace) |
9719 | llvm::append_range(C&: Containers, R: IFace->visible_categories()); |
9720 | |
9721 | if (IsInstanceMethod) { |
9722 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Containers.size(); I != N; ++I) |
9723 | for (auto *P : Containers[I]->instance_properties()) |
9724 | AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(Property: P, IsInstanceMethod: *IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, Context, |
9725 | KnownSelectors, Results); |
9726 | } |
9727 | } |
9728 | |
9729 | Results.ExitScope(); |
9730 | |
9731 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
9732 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
9733 | } |
9734 | |
9735 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector( |
9736 | Scope *S, bool IsInstanceMethod, bool AtParameterName, ParsedType ReturnTy, |
9737 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) { |
9738 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method |
9739 | // pool from the AST file. |
9740 | if (ExternalSource) { |
9741 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N; |
9742 | ++I) { |
9743 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(ID: I); |
9744 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) |
9745 | continue; |
9746 | |
9747 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); |
9748 | } |
9749 | } |
9750 | |
9751 | // Build the set of methods we can see. |
9752 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
9753 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
9754 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
9755 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
9756 | |
9757 | if (ReturnTy) |
9758 | Results.setPreferredType(GetTypeFromParser(Ty: ReturnTy).getNonReferenceType()); |
9759 | |
9760 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
9761 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), |
9762 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); |
9763 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
9764 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = IsInstanceMethod ? &M->second.first |
9765 | : &M->second.second; |
9766 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { |
9767 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(Method: MethList->getMethod(), WantKind: MK_Any, SelIdents)) |
9768 | continue; |
9769 | |
9770 | if (AtParameterName) { |
9771 | // Suggest parameter names we've seen before. |
9772 | unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size(); |
9773 | if (NumSelIdents && |
9774 | NumSelIdents <= MethList->getMethod()->param_size()) { |
9775 | ParmVarDecl *Param = |
9776 | MethList->getMethod()->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]; |
9777 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) { |
9778 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
9779 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
9780 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( |
9781 | String: Param->getIdentifier()->getName())); |
9782 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9783 | } |
9784 | } |
9785 | |
9786 | continue; |
9787 | } |
9788 | |
9789 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), |
9790 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); |
9791 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); |
9792 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; |
9793 | R.DeclaringEntity = true; |
9794 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
9795 | } |
9796 | } |
9797 | |
9798 | Results.ExitScope(); |
9799 | |
9800 | if (!AtParameterName && !SelIdents.empty() && |
9801 | SelIdents.front()->getName().starts_with(Prefix: "init" )) { |
9802 | for (const auto &M : PP.macros()) { |
9803 | if (M.first->getName() != "NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER" ) |
9804 | continue; |
9805 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
9806 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
9807 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
9808 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
9809 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: M.first->getName())); |
9810 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Macro, |
9811 | CXCursor_MacroDefinition)); |
9812 | Results.ExitScope(); |
9813 | } |
9814 | } |
9815 | |
9816 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
9817 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
9818 | } |
9819 | |
9820 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional) { |
9821 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
9822 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
9823 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorDirective); |
9824 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
9825 | |
9826 | // #if <condition> |
9827 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
9828 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
9829 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "if" ); |
9830 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9831 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "condition" ); |
9832 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9833 | |
9834 | // #ifdef <macro> |
9835 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "ifdef" ); |
9836 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9837 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "macro" ); |
9838 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9839 | |
9840 | // #ifndef <macro> |
9841 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "ifndef" ); |
9842 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9843 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "macro" ); |
9844 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9845 | |
9846 | if (InConditional) { |
9847 | // #elif <condition> |
9848 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "elif" ); |
9849 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9850 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "condition" ); |
9851 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9852 | |
9853 | // #elifdef <macro> |
9854 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "elifdef" ); |
9855 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9856 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "macro" ); |
9857 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9858 | |
9859 | // #elifndef <macro> |
9860 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "elifndef" ); |
9861 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9862 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "macro" ); |
9863 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9864 | |
9865 | // #else |
9866 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "else" ); |
9867 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9868 | |
9869 | // #endif |
9870 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "endif" ); |
9871 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9872 | } |
9873 | |
9874 | // #include "header" |
9875 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "include" ); |
9876 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9877 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "\"" ); |
9878 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "header" ); |
9879 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "\"" ); |
9880 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9881 | |
9882 | // #include <header> |
9883 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "include" ); |
9884 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9885 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "<" ); |
9886 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "header" ); |
9887 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: ">" ); |
9888 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9889 | |
9890 | // #define <macro> |
9891 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "define" ); |
9892 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9893 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "macro" ); |
9894 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9895 | |
9896 | // #define <macro>(<args>) |
9897 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "define" ); |
9898 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9899 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "macro" ); |
9900 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
9901 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "args" ); |
9902 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
9903 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9904 | |
9905 | // #undef <macro> |
9906 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "undef" ); |
9907 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9908 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "macro" ); |
9909 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9910 | |
9911 | // #line <number> |
9912 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "line" ); |
9913 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9914 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "number" ); |
9915 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9916 | |
9917 | // #line <number> "filename" |
9918 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "line" ); |
9919 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9920 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "number" ); |
9921 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9922 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "\"" ); |
9923 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "filename" ); |
9924 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "\"" ); |
9925 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9926 | |
9927 | // #error <message> |
9928 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "error" ); |
9929 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9930 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "message" ); |
9931 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9932 | |
9933 | // #pragma <arguments> |
9934 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "pragma" ); |
9935 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9936 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "arguments" ); |
9937 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9938 | |
9939 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
9940 | // #import "header" |
9941 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "import" ); |
9942 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9943 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "\"" ); |
9944 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "header" ); |
9945 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "\"" ); |
9946 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9947 | |
9948 | // #import <header> |
9949 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "import" ); |
9950 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9951 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "<" ); |
9952 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "header" ); |
9953 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: ">" ); |
9954 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9955 | } |
9956 | |
9957 | // #include_next "header" |
9958 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "include_next" ); |
9959 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9960 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "\"" ); |
9961 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "header" ); |
9962 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "\"" ); |
9963 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9964 | |
9965 | // #include_next <header> |
9966 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "include_next" ); |
9967 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9968 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: "<" ); |
9969 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "header" ); |
9970 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Text: ">" ); |
9971 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9972 | |
9973 | // #warning <message> |
9974 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "warning" ); |
9975 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
9976 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "message" ); |
9977 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
9978 | |
9979 | // Note: #ident and #sccs are such crazy anachronisms that we don't provide |
9980 | // completions for them. And __include_macros is a Clang-internal extension |
9981 | // that we don't want to encourage anyone to use. |
9982 | |
9983 | // FIXME: we don't support #assert or #unassert, so don't suggest them. |
9984 | Results.ExitScope(); |
9985 | |
9986 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
9987 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
9988 | } |
9989 | |
9990 | void Sema::CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S) { |
9991 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, CompletionContext: S->getFnParent() ? Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction |
9992 | : Sema::PCC_Namespace); |
9993 | } |
9994 | |
9995 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition) { |
9996 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
9997 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
9998 | IsDefinition ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroName |
9999 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroNameUse); |
10000 | if (!IsDefinition && CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) { |
10001 | // Add just the names of macros, not their arguments. |
10002 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
10003 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
10004 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
10005 | for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(), |
10006 | MEnd = PP.macro_end(); |
10007 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
10008 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
10009 | Text: Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(String: M->first->getName())); |
10010 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult( |
10011 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, CXCursor_MacroDefinition)); |
10012 | } |
10013 | Results.ExitScope(); |
10014 | } else if (IsDefinition) { |
10015 | // FIXME: Can we detect when the user just wrote an include guard above? |
10016 | } |
10017 | |
10018 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
10019 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
10020 | } |
10021 | |
10022 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression() { |
10023 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
10024 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
10025 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorExpression); |
10026 | |
10027 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
10028 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, LoadExternal: CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), IncludeUndefined: true); |
10029 | |
10030 | // defined (<macro>) |
10031 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
10032 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
10033 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
10034 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: "defined" ); |
10035 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
10036 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
10037 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Placeholder: "macro" ); |
10038 | Builder.AddChunk(CK: CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
10039 | Results.AddResult(R: Builder.TakeString()); |
10040 | Results.ExitScope(); |
10041 | |
10042 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
10043 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
10044 | } |
10045 | |
10046 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, |
10047 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, |
10048 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, |
10049 | unsigned Argument) { |
10050 | // FIXME: In the future, we could provide "overload" results, much like we |
10051 | // do for function calls. |
10052 | |
10053 | // Now just ignore this. There will be another code-completion callback |
10054 | // for the expanded tokens. |
10055 | } |
10056 | |
10057 | // This handles completion inside an #include filename, e.g. #include <foo/ba |
10058 | // We look for the directory "foo" under each directory on the include path, |
10059 | // list its files, and reassemble the appropriate #include. |
10060 | void Sema::CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool Angled) { |
10061 | // RelDir should use /, but unescaped \ is possible on windows! |
10062 | // Our completions will normalize to / for simplicity, this case is rare. |
10063 | std::string RelDir = llvm::sys::path::convert_to_slash(path: Dir); |
10064 | // We need the native slashes for the actual file system interactions. |
10065 | SmallString<128> NativeRelDir = StringRef(RelDir); |
10066 | llvm::sys::path::native(path&: NativeRelDir); |
10067 | llvm::vfs::FileSystem &FS = |
10068 | getSourceManager().getFileManager().getVirtualFileSystem(); |
10069 | |
10070 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
10071 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
10072 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_IncludedFile); |
10073 | llvm::DenseSet<StringRef> SeenResults; // To deduplicate results. |
10074 | |
10075 | // Helper: adds one file or directory completion result. |
10076 | auto AddCompletion = [&](StringRef Filename, bool IsDirectory) { |
10077 | SmallString<64> TypedChunk = Filename; |
10078 | // Directory completion is up to the slash, e.g. <sys/ |
10079 | TypedChunk.push_back(Elt: IsDirectory ? '/' : Angled ? '>' : '"'); |
10080 | auto R = SeenResults.insert(V: TypedChunk); |
10081 | if (R.second) { // New completion |
10082 | const char *InternedTyped = Results.getAllocator().CopyString(String: TypedChunk); |
10083 | *R.first = InternedTyped; // Avoid dangling StringRef. |
10084 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
10085 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
10086 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Text: InternedTyped); |
10087 | // The result is a "Pattern", which is pretty opaque. |
10088 | // We may want to include the real filename to allow smart ranking. |
10089 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
10090 | } |
10091 | }; |
10092 | |
10093 | // Helper: scans IncludeDir for nice files, and adds results for each. |
10094 | auto AddFilesFromIncludeDir = [&](StringRef IncludeDir, |
10095 | bool IsSystem, |
10096 | DirectoryLookup::LookupType_t LookupType) { |
10097 | llvm::SmallString<128> Dir = IncludeDir; |
10098 | if (!NativeRelDir.empty()) { |
10099 | if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework) { |
10100 | // For a framework dir, #include <Foo/Bar/> actually maps to |
10101 | // a path of Foo.framework/Headers/Bar/. |
10102 | auto Begin = llvm::sys::path::begin(path: NativeRelDir); |
10103 | auto End = llvm::sys::path::end(path: NativeRelDir); |
10104 | |
10105 | llvm::sys::path::append(path&: Dir, a: *Begin + ".framework" , b: "Headers" ); |
10106 | llvm::sys::path::append(path&: Dir, begin: ++Begin, end: End); |
10107 | } else { |
10108 | llvm::sys::path::append(path&: Dir, a: NativeRelDir); |
10109 | } |
10110 | } |
10111 | |
10112 | const StringRef &Dirname = llvm::sys::path::filename(path: Dir); |
10113 | const bool isQt = Dirname.starts_with(Prefix: "Qt" ) || Dirname == "ActiveQt" ; |
10114 | const bool = |
10115 | IsSystem || isQt || Dir.ends_with(Suffix: ".framework/Headers" ); |
10116 | std::error_code EC; |
10117 | unsigned Count = 0; |
10118 | for (auto It = FS.dir_begin(Dir, EC); |
10119 | !EC && It != llvm::vfs::directory_iterator(); It.increment(EC)) { |
10120 | if (++Count == 2500) // If we happen to hit a huge directory, |
10121 | break; // bail out early so we're not too slow. |
10122 | StringRef Filename = llvm::sys::path::filename(path: It->path()); |
10123 | |
10124 | // To know whether a symlink should be treated as file or a directory, we |
10125 | // have to stat it. This should be cheap enough as there shouldn't be many |
10126 | // symlinks. |
10127 | llvm::sys::fs::file_type Type = It->type(); |
10128 | if (Type == llvm::sys::fs::file_type::symlink_file) { |
10129 | if (auto FileStatus = FS.status(Path: It->path())) |
10130 | Type = FileStatus->getType(); |
10131 | } |
10132 | switch (Type) { |
10133 | case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::directory_file: |
10134 | // All entries in a framework directory must have a ".framework" suffix, |
10135 | // but the suffix does not appear in the source code's include/import. |
10136 | if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework && |
10137 | NativeRelDir.empty() && !Filename.consume_back(Suffix: ".framework" )) |
10138 | break; |
10139 | |
10140 | AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/true); |
10141 | break; |
10142 | case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::regular_file: { |
10143 | // Only files that really look like headers. (Except in special dirs). |
10144 | const bool = Filename.ends_with_insensitive(Suffix: ".h" ) || |
10145 | Filename.ends_with_insensitive(Suffix: ".hh" ) || |
10146 | Filename.ends_with_insensitive(Suffix: ".hpp" ) || |
10147 | Filename.ends_with_insensitive(Suffix: ".hxx" ) || |
10148 | Filename.ends_with_insensitive(Suffix: ".inc" ) || |
10149 | (ExtensionlessHeaders && !Filename.contains(C: '.')); |
10150 | if (!IsHeader) |
10151 | break; |
10152 | AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/false); |
10153 | break; |
10154 | } |
10155 | default: |
10156 | break; |
10157 | } |
10158 | } |
10159 | }; |
10160 | |
10161 | // Helper: adds results relative to IncludeDir, if possible. |
10162 | auto AddFilesFromDirLookup = [&](const DirectoryLookup &IncludeDir, |
10163 | bool IsSystem) { |
10164 | switch (IncludeDir.getLookupType()) { |
10165 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_HeaderMap: |
10166 | // header maps are not (currently) enumerable. |
10167 | break; |
10168 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir: |
10169 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getDirRef()->getName(), IsSystem, |
10170 | DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir); |
10171 | break; |
10172 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework: |
10173 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getFrameworkDirRef()->getName(), |
10174 | IsSystem, DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework); |
10175 | break; |
10176 | } |
10177 | }; |
10178 | |
10179 | // Finally with all our helpers, we can scan the include path. |
10180 | // Do this in standard order so deduplication keeps the right file. |
10181 | // (In case we decide to add more details to the results later). |
10182 | const auto &S = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); |
10183 | using llvm::make_range; |
10184 | if (!Angled) { |
10185 | // The current directory is on the include path for "quoted" includes. |
10186 | if (auto CurFile = PP.getCurrentFileLexer()->getFileEntry()) |
10187 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(CurFile->getDir().getName(), false, |
10188 | DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir); |
10189 | for (const auto &D : make_range(x: S.quoted_dir_begin(), y: S.quoted_dir_end())) |
10190 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false); |
10191 | } |
10192 | for (const auto &D : make_range(x: S.angled_dir_begin(), y: S.angled_dir_end())) |
10193 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false); |
10194 | for (const auto &D : make_range(x: S.system_dir_begin(), y: S.system_dir_end())) |
10195 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, true); |
10196 | |
10197 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
10198 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
10199 | } |
10200 | |
10201 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage() { |
10202 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, |
10203 | Context: CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NaturalLanguage, Results: nullptr, |
10204 | NumResults: 0); |
10205 | } |
10206 | |
10207 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName() { |
10208 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
10209 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
10210 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
10211 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
10212 | static const char *Platforms[] = {"macOS" , "iOS" , "watchOS" , "tvOS" }; |
10213 | for (const char *Platform : llvm::ArrayRef(Platforms)) { |
10214 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Platform)); |
10215 | Results.AddResult(R: CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString( |
10216 | String: Twine(Platform) + "ApplicationExtension" ))); |
10217 | } |
10218 | Results.ExitScope(); |
10219 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(S: this, CodeCompleter, Context: Results.getCompletionContext(), |
10220 | Results: Results.data(), NumResults: Results.size()); |
10221 | } |
10222 | |
10223 | void Sema::GatherGlobalCodeCompletions( |
10224 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
10225 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results) { |
10226 | ResultBuilder Builder(*this, Allocator, CCTUInfo, |
10227 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery); |
10228 | if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
10229 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Builder, |
10230 | Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); |
10231 | LookupVisibleDecls(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), LookupAnyName, |
10232 | Consumer, |
10233 | !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
10234 | } |
10235 | |
10236 | if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
10237 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results&: Builder, |
10238 | LoadExternal: !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), IncludeUndefined: true); |
10239 | |
10240 | Results.clear(); |
10241 | Results.insert(I: Results.end(), From: Builder.data(), |
10242 | To: Builder.data() + Builder.size()); |
10243 | } |
10244 | |